DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-1

113B

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

1. SCOPE OF THIS DOCUMENT

This document presents the fault finding method applicable to all computers with the following characteristics:

2. PREREQUISITES FOR FAULT FINDING

Documentation type

Fault finding procedures (this manual):
– Assisted fault finding (incorporated into the diagnostic tool), paper version (Workshop Repair Manual

or Technical Note) and Dialogys.

Wiring diagrams:
– Visu-Diagram (CD-ROM), paper.

Type of diagnostic tools:

– CLIP

Special tooling required:

Vehicle(s): MEGANE II
Function involved: DELPHI K9 DIESEL DIRECT
COMMON RAIL INJECTION (DDCR)

Computer name: DDCR INJECTION
Program no.: BE 88
VDIAG No.: 44

Special tooling required

Multimeter.

Elé. 1590

112 track computer bornier

Mot. 1711

PLUGGED RAIL tools

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-2

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

3. REMINDERS

Procedure:

Switch on the ignition in fault finding mode to diagnose the vehicle computers (+ after ignition imposed).

Proceed as follows:

– Renault card on the card holder (keyless vehicle scenario 1, basic, not hands-free and scenario 2, top of the

range, hands-free),

– Press and hold start button (longer than 5 seconds) with start-up conditions not fulfilled,
– Connect the diagnostic tool and perform the required operations.

Proceed as follows to cut off the + after ignition:

– disconnect the diagnostic tool,
– press the start button twice briefly (less then 3 seconds),
– ensure that the + after ignition feed has been cut off by checking that the computer warning lights on the

instrument panel have gone out.

Faults:

Faults are declared either present or stored (depending on whether they appeared in a certain context and have
disappeared since, or whether they remain present but are not diagnosed within the current context).

The present or stored state of faults should be taken into consideration when the diagnostic tool is used after the
+ after ignition feed (without acting on the system components).

Apply the procedure shown in the Interpreting faults section for a present fault.

For a stored fault, note the faults displayed and apply the instructions section.

If the fault is confirmed when the instructions in the Notes section are applied, the fault is present. Deal with the
fault.

If the fault is not confirmed, check:

– the electrical lines which correspond to the fault,
– the connectors on these lines (corrosion, bent pins, etc.),
– the resistance of the faulty component,

Conformity check

The conformity check is designed to check the states and parameters which do not display any faults on the
diagnostic tool when inconsistent. This phase therefore allows:

– diagnosis of faults that do not have a fault display, and which may correspond to a customer complaint.
– checks that the system is operating correctly and that there is no risk of a fault reappearing after repairs.

This section gives the fault finding procedures for states and parameters and the conditions for checking them.

If a state is not behaving normally or a parameter is outside permitted tolerance values, you should consult the
corresponding fault finding page.

Note:
The left and right-hand Xenon bulb computers are supplied when the dipped headlights are lit. Fault finding
procedures can only be carried out on them after the ignition has been switched on in fault finding mode (+ after
ignition imposed) and the dipped headlights are on.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-3

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Customer complaints - Fault finding chart

If the diagnostic tool check is correct, but the customer complaint persists, it should be dealt with according to the
customer complaint.

A synopsis of the general procedure to follow is provided on the following page in the form of a flow

chart.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-4

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

4. FAULT FINDING PROCEDURE

Check the battery charge and

condition of the fuses

Print the system diagnostic sheet

(available in CLIP and in the
Workshop Repair Manual or

Technical Note)

Connect CLIP

Dialogue

with

computer?

yes

Read faults

Faults

present

yes

Deal with faults found

Deal with stored faults

The symptom

persists

Fault
solved

yes

See CHART 1

Conformity check

The symptom

persists

Fault
solved

Use the fault

finding charts.

The symptom

persists

Fault
solved

Contact the Techline with the

completed fault finding sheet

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-5

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

You will always be asked for this report:

– When requesting technical assistance from the Techline.
– For certification requests when replacing parts that must be certified.
– Which must be attached to monitored parts for which reimbursement is requested. It is therefore used to

decide whether a reimbursement will be made under warranty and leads to improved analysis of the
removed parts.

6. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

All work on components requires obeying safety rules to prevent physical damage or human injury:
– Make sure the battery is properly charged to avoid damaging the computers with a low charge.
– Use the proper tools.

CLEANLINESS INSTRUCTIONS WHICH MUST BE FOLLOWED WHEN WORKING ON THE HIGH-PRESSURE
DIRECT INJECTION SYSTEM

Risks relating to contamination

The system is very sensitive to contamination. The risks engendered by the introduction of pollution are: damage or
destruction to the high-pressure injection system and the engine, seizing or a component no longer being sealed.

All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. This means that no impurities (particles a
few microns in size) get into the system during dismantling or into the circuits via the fuel unions.

The cleanliness guidelines must be applied from the filter through to the injectors.

WARNING!

5. FAULT FINDING LOG

WARNING
All problems involving a complex system call for thorough diagnostics with the appropriate tools.
The FAULT FINDING LOG, which should be completed during the fault finding procedure,
ensures a record is kept of the procedure carried out. It is an essential item when discussing the
fault with the constructor.

IT IS THEREFORE MANDATORY TO FILL OUT A FAULT FINDING SHEET EACH TIME FAULT FINDING

IS DONE.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-6

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

6. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONTINUED):

BEFORE WORKING ON THE INJECTION SYSTEM, ENSURE THAT THE SYSTEM PRESSURE IS CLOSE TO
0 BAR.

What are the sources of contamination?

Contamination is caused by:

– metal or plastic chips,
– paint,
– fibres: from cardboard

from brushes,
from paper,
from clothing,
from cloths,

– foreign bodies such as hair,
– ambient air,
– etc.

Instructions to be followed before any work is carried out on the injection system:

Ensure that you have the plugs for the unions to be opened (bag of plugs available from the Parts Stores, Part no.:
77 01 206 804). Plugs are to be used once only. After use, they must be thrown away (once used they are soiled and
cleaning is not sufficient to make them reusable). Unused plugs must be thrown away.

Ensure that you have hermetically resealable plastic bags for storing removed parts. Stored parts will therefore be
less subject to the risk of impurities. The bags must be used only once, and after use they must be thrown away.

Make sure that lint-free towelettes are available (part number 77 11 211 707). The use of a normal cloth or paper for
cleaning purposes is forbidden. They are not lint-free and may contaminate the fuel circuit of the system. Each lint-
free cloth should only be used once.

WARNING
Never clean the engine using a high pressure washer because of the risk of damaging connections. In addition,
moisture may collect in the connectors and create electrical connection problems.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-7

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

6. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONTINUED):

Instructions to be followed before opening the fuel circuit

Use new thinner for each operation (used thinner contains impurities). Pour it into a clean receptacle.

For each operation, use a clean brush in good condition (the brush must not shed its bristles).

Use a brush and thinners to clean the connections to be opened.

Blow compressed air over the cleaned parts (tools, cleaned the same way as the parts, connections and injection
system zone). Check that no bristles remain adhering.

Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.

When wearing leather protective gloves, cover them with latex gloves.

Instructions to be followed during the operation

As soon as the circuit is open, all openings must be plugged to prevent impurities from entering the system.
The plugs to be used are available from the Parts Stores. They must not, under any circumstances, be reused.

Close the hermetically sealed bag, even if it has to be reopened shortly afterwards. The ambient atmosphere carries
impurities.

All components removed from the injection system must be stored in a hermetically sealed plastic bag once the
plugs have been inserted.

The use of a brush, thinner, bellows, sponge or normal cloth is strictly prohibited once the circuit has been opened.
These items are likely to allow impurities to enter the system.

A new component replacing an old one must not be removed from its packaging until it is to be fitted to the vehicle.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-8

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

7. ABBREVIATIONS

12 Volts APC: 12 Volts supply after ignition.

12 Volts AVC: 12 Volts supply before ignition.

ABS: Anti-lock braking system

BVA: Automatic transmission.

C2I: Individual injector correction.

CAN: Controller Area Network.

COSLA: Discharge bulb (xenon bulb) beam test.

EGR: Exhaust gas recirculation.

ESP: Electronic Stability Program.

TDC: Top Dead Centre.

BDC: Bottom Dead Centre.

POWER LATCH: maintained supply phase.

RCH: Passenger compartment heater resistance.

UCH: Passenger Compartment Control Unit.

UPC: Switching and protection unit.

VIN: Vehicle Identification Number.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

List of monitored parts: Computer

FAULT FINDING LOG

System: Injection

Page 1 / 2

●

Administrative identification

Date:

Sheet completed by:

VIN:

Engine

Diagnostic tool

CLIP

Version

●

Customer complaint

579

Does not start - fault

570

Stalls - difficult to start when

cold

571

Stalls - difficult to start when

warm

586

Difficult to start

572

Idle - engine speed unsteady

574

Jerking - flat spots

573

Lack of power

520

Abnormal noise, vibrations

576

Smoke - exhaust odours

569

Difficult to start

Other

Your comments

●

Conditions under which the customer complaint occurs

001

When cold

005

While driving

008

When decelerating

002

When warm

006

When changing gear

009

Sudden breakdown

003

When stationary

007

When accelerating

010

Gradual deterioration

004

Intermittently

Other

Your comments

●

Documentation used in fault finding

Fault finding procedure

Type of fault finding manual:

Workshop Repair Manual: Technical Note

Assisted fault finding

Fault Finding Manual No.:

Wiring diagram used

Wiring Diagram Technical Note No.:

Other documentation

Title and/or part no.:

FD 01

Fault finding log

page to print or photocopy - page to print or photocopy - page to print or photocopy

To be read with the diagnostic tool (Identification screen):

FAULT FINDING LOG

System: Injection

Page 2 / 2

●

Identification of computer and system parts exchanged

Part 1 part no.

Part 2 part no.

Part 3 part no.

Part 4 part no.

Part 5 part no.

Computer part no.

Supplier no.

Program no.

Software version

Calibration no.:

VDIAG

●

Faults found with the diagnostic tool

Fault no.

Present

Stored

Fault title

Specification

●

Conditions when fault occurs

State or parameter no.

Name of parameter

Value

Unit

●

System-specific information

Description:

●

Additional information

What factors led you to replace the
computer?
What other parts were replaced?

Other faulty functions?

Your comments

FD 01

Fault finding log

page to print or photocopy - page to print or photocopy - page to print or photocopy

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - System operation

13B

13B-11

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Fault finding - System operation

The high-pressure direct injection system is intended to deliver a precise quantity of diesel to the engine at a specific
time.

DESCRIPTION

DELPHI "DDCR" type 112-track computer.

The system consists of:

– a priming bulb on the low-pressure circuit,
– a diesel filter,
– a high-pressure pump combined with a booster pump (transfer pump),
– a pressure regulator mounted on the pump,
– an injector rail,
– a pressure sensor located in the rail,
– four solenoid injectors,
– a diesel temperature sensor,
– a coolant temperature sensor,
– a cylinder reference sensor,
– an engine speed sensor,
– an accelerometer,
– an exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve,
– an accelerator pedal potentiometer,
– an atmospheric pressure sensor,
– and a computer.

The common rail direct high-pressure injection system works sequentially (based on the operation of multipoint
injection for petrol engines).

This new injection system reduces operating noise, reduces the volume of pollutant gases and particles and
produces high engine torque at low engine speeds thanks to a pre-injection procedure.

The high-pressure pump generates the high-pressure sent to the injector rail. The actuator located on the pump
controls the quantity of diesel supplied, according to the demand determined by the computer. The rail supplies each
injector through a steel pipe.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - System operation

13B

13B-12

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

The computer:
– determines the value of injection pressure necessary for the engine to operate correctly and then controls the

pressure regulator. It checks that the pressure value is correct by analysing the value transmitted by the pressure
sensor located on the rail,

– determines the injection time necessary to deliver the right quantity of diesel and the moment when injection should

start,

– controls each injector electrically and individually after determining these two values.

The injected flow to the engine is determined by:

– the duration of injector control,
– the injector opening and closing speed,
– the needle travel (determined by a constant for the type of injector),
– the nominal hydraulic flow of the injector (specific to each injector),
– the high-pressure rail pressure controlled by the computer.

The computer controls:

– idle speed regulation,
– exhaust gas flow reinjection into the inlet,
– fuel supply monitoring (advance, flow and rail pressure),
– the fan unit (centralised coolant temperature management function),
– the air conditioning (cold loop function),
– the cruise control/speed limiter function,
– the pre/post heating function.

The high-pressure pump is supplied at low-pressure by an integrated low-pressure pump (transfer pump).
It supplies the rail the pressure in which is controlled for charging by the flow actuator and for discharging by the
injector valves. Drops in pressure may also be compensated for. The flow actuator allows the high-pressure pump to
supply the exact quantity of diesel fuel required to maintain the pressure in the rail. This feature allows heat
generation to be minimised and engine output to be improved.
In order to discharge the rail using the injector valves, the valves are controlled by brief electrical pulses which are:
– which are short enough not to open the injector (passing through the return circuit from the injectors),
– long enough to open the valves and discharge the rail.

The fan assembly and coolant temperature warning light on the instrument panel are controlled by the injection
computer (centralised coolant temperature management function).

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - System operation

13B

13B-13

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

The connections between the vehicle's various computers are multiplexed. The fault warning lights on the
instrument panel are therefore activated via the multiplex network.

There is no vehicle speed sensor in the gearbox. The vehicle speed signal on the instrument panel is transmitted by
the ABS computer or the wheel speed computer via a wire connection and is then transmitted on the multiplex
network by the instrument panel. The vehicle speed information is used mainly by the injection computer and the
airbag computer.

Some vehicles have a sensor for detecting water in the diesel, located in the filter. If there is water present in the
diesel, the orange injection and pre/postheating warning light comes on.

The system injects diesel into the engine at a pressure of up to 1400 bar. Before carrying out any work, check that
the injector rail is not pressurised and that the fuel temperature is not too high.

You must respect the cleaning and safety advice specified in this document for any work on the high-pressure
injection system.

Removal of the internal parts of the pump and injectors is prohibited. Only the flow actuator, the diesel temperature
sensor and the venturi can be replaced.

For safety reasons, it is strictly forbidden to undo a high-pressure pipe union when the engine is running.

It is not possible to remove the pressure sensor from the fuel rail because this may cause circuit contamination
problems. If the pressure sensor fails, the pressure sensor, the rail and the five high-pressure pipes must be
replaced.

It is strictly forbidden to remove any injection pump pulley marked number 070 575. If the pump is being replaced,
the pulley must be replaced.

Applying 12 volts directly to any component in the system is prohibited.

Ultrasonic decoking and cleaning are prohibited.

Never start the engine unless the battery is connected correctly.

Disconnect the injection system computer when carrying out any welding work on the vehicle.

It is essential to replace all the disconnected air inlet plastic pipes.

IMPORTANT

The engine must not operate with:

– diesel fuel containing more than 10%

diester,

– petrol, even in tiny quantities.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - System operation

13B

13B-14

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

HOSTED FUNCTIONS

Air conditioning management assistance:

For vehicles with air conditioning, the DDCR system can switch off the air conditioning in certain engine operating
conditions:

– When requested by the driver.
– When starting the engine.
– If the engine overheats (in order to reduce the power the engine has to supply).
– When the engine speed is very high (to protect the compressor).
– During transition phases (e.g. during high acceleration demands when overtaking, anti-stalling and moving

off strategies). These conditions are only taken into account when they occur repeatedly, so as to prevent
system instabilities (incorrect deactivation).

– When certain faults appear.

Cold loop air conditioning management:

The air conditioning is managed in a cold loop and this function is managed by several computers. The injection
computer is responsible for:

– Managing the request for cold air according to passenger compartment controls and pressure level.
– Ascertaining the power absorbed by the compressor from the pressure.
– Ascertaining the fan assembly controls according to vehicle speed and pressure.

The driver asks for the air conditioning to be switched on using the air conditioning switch. This request for cold air is
either authorised or not, depending on the measured pressure. If this pressure is outside the operating limits, the
cold loop strategy is not activated.

Thermal regulation of the passenger compartment heating circuit:

In a direct injection engine, fuel is injected directly into the combustion chamber. This leads to heat being lost
through the upper part of the engine and consequently, the cylinder head cooling circuit is smaller in size.

The effect of this is that the temperature of the coolant which flows through this circuit rises more slowly. However,
this coolant is used by the passenger compartment heating system. In very cold conditions, it is therefore difficult to
reach a comfortable passenger compartment temperature quickly.

Note:
Requests to operate the fan assembly can be made by the injection computer but these are sent on the CAN.
These requests depend on the air conditioning but also on the coolant temperature and vehicle speed.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - System operation

13B

13B-15

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

To limit the time taken to warm up the system, air heating resistors, called passenger compartment heating resistors
are fitted into the passenger compartment heating circuit. The UCH decides whether or not the passenger
compartment heating resistors are required, the Protection and Switching Unit physically controls the passenger
compartment heating resistors and the injection computer determines whether to limit the power supplied to the
passenger compartment heating resistors depending on alternator load and also whether to prohibit the operation of
the passenger compartment heating resistors according to engine speed, load and vehicle speed.

Cruise control - speed limit management:

When activated, the cruise control function maintains the vehicle at a preselected speed, regardless of the driving
conditions encountered. Using the control buttons, the driver can increase or decrease the vehicle speed.

The cruise control function can be deactivated either by using the control buttons, or by switching off the cruise
control function selection switch or when system events are detected such as depression of the brake or clutch
pedals, or when system errors are detected such as an incorrect vehicle speed or a deceleration level which is too
high.

The cruise control function can also be temporarily suspended when the driver wants to resume control of the
vehicle and exceed the selected cruising speed by pressing the accelerator pedal which then exceeds the selected
fuel flow. The cruising speed is returned to when the driver releases the accelerator pedal.
The cruise control function can be reactivated and the last cruising speed can be reselected after deactivating the
function for whatever reason until the ignition is switched off (i.e. for as long as power supply to the computer is not
switched off). The vehicle will then attempt to reach the cruising speed using a controlled vehicle acceleration rate.

When switched on using the selection switch, the vehicle speed limiter function limits the vehicle speed to a preset
value. The driver drives the vehicle in the normal way using the accelerator pedal until the preset speed is reached.
If an attempt is made to exceed this speed, the system will ignore the pedal demand and will control the vehicle
speed as it does with the cruise control function, provided that the driver continues to press the accelerator pedal.
Like for the cruise control function, the cruising speed can be altered using the control buttons by means of a quick
or a sustained press.
For safety reasons, the cruising speed can be exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the pedal
position limiting value. Vehicle speed is then controlled using the accelerator pedal until the vehicle speed is
decreased to below the cruising speed, when the limiter function is activated again.

The driver uses the following controls to operate the speed limiter - cruise control function:

– Accelerator pedal.
– Brake pedal.
– Clutch pedal.
– Function selection switch which selects speed limiter or cruise control operating mode.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - System operation

13B

13B-16

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Instrument panel display:

The computer displays certain information on the instrument panel relating to engine operation. This concerns five
functions: MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp) for the EOBD (European On Board Diagnostic), pre/post heating,
coolant temperature and engine faults: Severity 1 (non-critical fault) and Severity 2 (stop immediately). These five
functions are represented by 3 warning lights or messages displayed by the trip computer.

Pre/postheating warning light:

This warning light is used as an operating indicator light and as a system fault indicator light:

Permanently lit during + after ignition feed: indicates preheating of the plugs.

After preheating and an automatic 3 second off period, the warning light will come on if a level 1 problem occurs
(leading to reduced operation and reduced safety levels). The driver should carry out repairs as soon as possible.

Temperature/emergency stop warning light:

This warning light is used as an operating indicator light and as a system fault indicator light. It lights up for
3 seconds when the ignition is switched on (automatic test procedure managed by the instrument panel).

Permanently on: this indicates engine overheating or a level 2 fault.

If the fault reaches a critical level, the injection cuts off automatically after a few seconds. In the event of
overheating, it is up to the driver whether to stop the vehicle or continue driving.

PROGRAMMING OF WARNING LIGHTS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL:

Orange SERVICE warning light (level 1):

This warning light comes on and is accompanied by the injection faulty message.

The driver should carry out repairs as soon as possible.

Red STOP warning light (level 2):

This warning light comes on and is accompanied by the injection faulty message.

The driver should carry out repairs as soon as possible.

Excess pollution orange OBD warning light:

This warning light, in the form of an engine symbol, comes on for about 3 seconds when the ignition is switched on
then goes out. It never comes on when the engine is running.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Allocation of computer tracks

13B

13B-17

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Fault finding - Allocation of computer tracks

BLACK 32 TRACK CONNECTOR A

Description

Track

Description

Not used

Cruise control on / off

Air conditioning inhibit request

CAN L1

Not used

CAN H1

Stop switch closing closed

Not used

Potentiometer track 2 supply

Not used

Potentiometer track 2 signal

Diagnostic line K

Potentiometer track 2 earth

Not used

Potentiometer track 1 supply

Speed limiter on/off

Not used

Clutch switch signal

Not used

+ After ignition supply

Not used

Cruise control stalk signal

Potentiometer track 1 signal

Cruise control stalk earth

Potentiometer track 1 earth

Not used

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Allocation of computer tracks

13B

13B-18

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

BROWN 48 TRACK CONNECTOR B

Description

Track

Description

Not used

Accelerometer sensor earth (pinking)

Not used

Fuel temperature signal

Not used

Fuel temperature sensor earth

Cylinder 1 injector + control

Cylinder 4 injector control (+)

Exhaust gas recirculation feedback
potentiometer supply

Not used

Exhaust gas recirculation feedback
potentiometer signal

Coolant temperature signal

Exhaust gas recirculation feedback
potentiometer earth

Coolant temperature sensor earth

Cylinder 1 injector control (-)

Cylinder 4 injector control (-)

Turbocharging pressure sensor supply

Not used

Turbocharging pressure sensor signal

Inlet air temperature signal

Turbocharger pressure sensor earth

Inlet air temperature earth

Cylinder 2 injector control (+)

Not used

Rail pressure sensor supply

Accelerometer shielding (pinking)

Rail pressure sensor signal

Outside air temperature signal

Rail pressure sensor earth

Inside air temperature earth

Cylinder 2 injector control (-)

Not used

Phase sensor supply (cylinder)

Not used

Phase sensor signal (cylinder)

Not used

Phase sensor earth (cylinder)

Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve
control

Cylinder 3 injector control (+)

Not used

Accelerometer sensor signal (pinking)

Not used

Engine speed sensor (TDC) signal (+)

Not used

Engine speed sensor (TDC) earth

Not used

Cylinder 3 injector control (-)

Flow actuator control

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Allocation of computer tracks

13B

13B-19

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

GREY 32-TRACK CONNECTOR C

Description

Track

Description

Not used

Supply relay control

Not used

Preheating relay control

Not used

Body power 1 earth

Not used

+ Battery after relay 1

Not used

Body power earth 2

Not used

+ Battery after relay 2

Not used

Plug 1 diagnostic info

Not used

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Diagnostics - Replacing parts

13B

13B-20

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Diagnostics - Replacing parts

COMPUTER REPLACEMENT, PROGRAMMING OR REPROGRAMMING OPERATIONS

The system can programmed and reprogrammed via the diagnostic socket with the RENAULT CLIP fault finding tool
(Refer to Technical Note 3585A or observe the instructions of the fault finding tool).
During the entire computer (re)programming procedure, the engine fan assemblies are triggered
automatically (check the battery condition, have a battery charger standing by).

Before programming, reprogramming or replacing the computer in After Sales save the following data in the
fault finding tool:

– the C2I parameters (individual injector correction) and the engine parameters using the SC003 "Save

computer data" command.

After programming, reprogramming or replacing the computer:

– Switch off the ignition.
– Start and stop the engine (to reinitialise the computer) and wait 30 seconds.
– Turn on the ignition and use the fault finding tool to carry out the following steps:

– Use command SC001 Write saved data to establish the C2I codes and the engine parameters.
– Use command VP010 Write the VIN.
– Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
– Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

Note:
If the SC001 or SC003 commands have been forgotten or do not work, after replacing or reprogramming the
computer, enter each C2I injector code manually, by reading the C2I codes on each injector (see replacing
injectors).

IMPORTANT:
It is not possible to test an injection computer from the parts stores because it cannot be fitted to any other vehicle.

REPLACING THE INJECTORS:

NB.: the injectors are calibrated in the factory with C21 (individual injector correction), codes which allow the
flow of each injector to be precisely adjusted.
The correction values are written on a label affixed to each injector then entered in the computer which can then
control each injector by taking account of their manufacturing variations.

The system can be configured via the diagnostic socket using the RENAULT CLIP diagnostic tools.
The C2I parameters must be replaced after replacing an injector. To do this, reprogram C2I into the computer using
the following commands:

cylinder 1 injector: command VP001 (flywheel side cylinder)
cylinder 2 injector: command VP002
cylinder 3 injector: command VP003
cylinder injector 5: command VP004

It is also possible to enter the four C2I codes using command SC002 ENTER INJECTOR CODES.

The technician uses the appropriate command to reprogram the new C2I code for the replaced injector and clear
the old C2I code.
– Only after simultaneous replacement of at least 3 injectors, perform a reset of the injector parameters using the

RZ004 "Pressure regulation parameters" command.

WARNING:
– Turn on the fault-finding tool (electrical outlet or cigarette lighter).
– Connect a battery charger (during the entire computer (re)programming procedure, the engine fan

assemblies are triggered automatically).

– Observe the engine temperature instructions of the fault finding tool before (re)programming.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Configuration-programming

13B

13B-21

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Fault finding - Configuration-programming

PARAMETER SETTINGS:

VP001: Cylinder 1 injector code.
VP002: Cylinder 2 injector code.
VP003: Cylinder 3 injector code.
VP004: Cylinder 4 injector code.

These commands enable you to manually write the calibration code inscribed on the injector. Use

these commands after replacing an injector, replacing or (re)programming a computer when the
SC001 command does not work.

VP010: Write VIN.

This command enables the vehicle VIN to be entered into the computer. This command must be

used each time the computer is replaced or (re)programmed.

SPECIFIC COMMANDS:

SC001: Write saved data.

Use this command after replacing or (re)programming a computer (if the information was saved

by the SC003 command.

SC002: Enter injector codes.

This command enables you to manually write the calibration code inscribed on the injectors. This

command must be used when replacing injectors.

SC003: Save computer data.

This command allows you to save the computer data, the C2I parameters (individual injector

correction) and the engine parameters. This command must be carried out before the computer
is replaced or (re)programmed.

OTHER COMMANDS:

LC005: Gearbox type.

This command enables you to determine the type of gearbox configured on the vehicle.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Summary table of faults

13B

13B-22

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Fault finding - Summary table of faults

Tool faults

Related DTC

Diagnostic tool description

DF001

0115

Coolant temperature sensor circuit

DF003

2226

Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit

DF005

0335

Engine speed sensor circuit

DF007

0190

Rail pressure sensor circuit

DF008

0225

Pedal potentiometer track 1 circuit

DF009

2120

Pedal potentiometer track 2 circuit

DF010

0409

EGR position sensor circuit

DF014

0500

Vehicle speed information circuit

DF015

0685

Main relay control circuit

DF016

0403

EGR control circuit

DF017

0382

Preheater unit control circuit

DF024

0231

Low-pressure actuator control circuit

DF025

0380

Preheater unit diagnostic connection

DF026

0201

Injector cylinder 1 control circuit

DF027

0202

Injector cylinder 2 control circuit

DF028

0203

Injector cylinder 3 control circuit

DF029

0204

Injector cylinder 4 control circuit

DF037

0513

Immobiliser

DF038

0606

Computer

DF039

0110

Inlet air temperature sensor circuit

DF047

0560

Computer supply voltage

DF049

0530

Refrigerant sensor circuit

DF050

0571

Brake switch circuit

DF051

0575

Cruise control/speed limiter function

DF052

0200

Injector control circuit

DF053

0089

Rail pressure regulation function

DF057

2264

Water in diesel detector circuit

DF059

0301

Misfiring on cylinder 1

DF060

0302

Misfiring on cylinder 2

DF061

0303

Misfiring on cylinder 3

DF062

0304

Misfiring on cylinder 4

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Summary table of faults

13B

13B-23

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Tool faults

Related DTC

Diagnostic tool description

DF089

0235

Inlet manifold pressure sensor circuit

DF098

0180

Fuel temperature sensor circuit

DF107

0604

Computer memory

DF112

0340

Cylinder sensor reference circuit

DF113

0608

Sensor supply voltage

DF114

0400

EGR solenoid valve circuit

DF116

C001

Multiplex network

DF121

0325

Accelerometer circuit

DF122

0609

Supply voltage pedal potentiometer track 2

DF130

0087

Flow capacity function

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-24

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

DF001

PRESENT

COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 volts
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth

NOTES

Special notes:
If fault DF001 Low speed fan assembly operation (Fan assembly 1) is present.
If fan assembly 1 is faulty, then fan assembly 2 is switched on for vehicles with air
conditioning.

Check the 4-track connector of the coolant temperature sensor.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance between tracks 2 and 3 of the coolant temperature sensor.
Replace the coolant temperature sensor if the resistance is not 2252

Ω

112.16

Ω

at 25

°°°°

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Sensor connector track 2

Track H3 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 3

Track H2 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 1

Instrument panel

Sensor connector track 4

Instrument panel

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-25

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF003

PRESENT

ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth
CC.1 : Short circuit to 12 volts

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Contact your Techline.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-26

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF005

PRESENT

STORED

ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT

1.DEF : Inconsistency
2.DEF : No signal
3.DEF : Too many additional teeth
4.DEF : Teeth missing
5.DEF : Additional teeth
6.DEF : Too many teeth missing

NOTES

Special notes: If faults 1.DEF, 2.DEF, 3.DEF, 6.DEF are present: the engine stops
and level 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection failure".
If faults 4.DEF or 5.DEF are present engine performance is limited to 75% but the
warning light does not come on.

Conditions for applying fault finding procedure to a stored fault: the fault is
declared present when the starter motor is activated or at idle speed (600 rpm)

Check the connection and condition of the 2-track connector of the engine speed sensor. Repair if
necessary. Ensure the sensor is correctly mounted on the engine.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance at the engine speed sensor terminals.
Replace the engine speed sensor if the resistance is not approximately 760

Ω

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Sensor connector track A

Track F2 computer connector B

Sensor connector track B

Track F3 computer connector B

Repair if necessary.

Check that the flywheel ring gear is not faulty (missing teeth).

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-27

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF007

STORED

RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 volts
1.DEF : Inconsistency
2.DEF : Below minimum threshold
3.DEF : Above maximum threshold

NOTES

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if dealing with faults DF007 and
DF113 treat voltage feed sensor DF113 as a priority.

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present after the engine has been started.

Special notes: in the case of DF007 engine stopped and starting impossible the
level 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection failure".

Check the connection and condition of the 3-track connector of the rail pressure sensor.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Sensor connector track 2

Track D3 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 1

Track D2 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 3

Track D1 computer connector B

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-28

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF008

PRESENT

PEDAL POTENTIOMETER TRACK 1 CIRCUIT

CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth
CC.1 : Short circuit to 12 volts
1.DEF : Inconsistency between pedal track 1 and track 2
2.DEF : No signal
3.DEF : Blocked component

NOTES

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if dealing with faults DF008 and
DF113 treat voltage feed sensor DF113 as a priority.

Special notes: if fault DF008 is present: the engine speed is maintained above
1000 rpm and the level 1 warning light comes on along with the message
"injection failure".
If dealing with faults DF008 and DF009: I the engine speed is fixed at 1300 rpm and
the level 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection failure".

1.DEF - 3.DEF

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Disconnect computer connector A and the pedal potentiometer connector.
Check the insulation between track H2 and track F3 on computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.
Replace the pedal potentiometer if the fault persists.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-29

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF008

CONTINUED

CC.0
CC.1

2.DEF

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the condition of the 6-track connector of the pedal potentiometer.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance at the pedal potentiometer terminals:

Track 5 (earth)

Track 3 (+ 5 volts)

Replace the potentiometer pedal if the resistance is not 1.7 k

Ω

±±±±

0.9 k

Ω

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Sensor connector track 3

Track G2 computer connector A

Sensor connector track 4

Track H2 computer connector A

Sensor connector track 5

Track H3 computer connector A

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-30

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF009

PRESENT

PEDAL POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT TRACK 2

CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth
CC.1 : short circuit to 12 volts

NOTES

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if dealing with faults DF009 and
DF113 treat voltage feed sensor DF113 as a priority.

Special notes: if fault DF009 is present: the engine speed is maintained above
1000 rpm and the level 1 warning light comes on along with the message
"injection failure".
If faults DF009 and DF008 are present: I the engine speed is fixed at 1300 rpm and
the level 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection failure".

CO.0

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the condition of the 6-track connector of the pedal potentiometer.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance at the pedal potentiometer terminals:

Track 6 (earth)

Track 2 (+ 5 V)

Replace the potentiometer pedal if the resistance is not 2.85 k

Ω

±±±±

2.05 k

Ω

Disconnect computer connector A and the pedal potentiometer connector.
Check the insulation to earth on track F3 of computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity of the connection between:

Sensor connector track 1

Track F3 computer connector A

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-31

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF009

CONTINUED

CC.1

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the condition of the 6-track connector of the pedal potentiometer.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance at the pedal potentiometer terminals:

Track 6 (earth)

Track 2 (+ 5 V)

Replace the potentiometer pedal if the resistance is not 1.7 k

Ω

±±±±

0.7 k

Ω

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connection:

Sensor connector track 2

Track F2 computer connector A

Repair if necessary.

Disconnect computer connector A and the pedal potentiometer connector.
Check the insulation in relation to 12 volts of tracks F2 and F3 on computer connector A
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity of the connections:

Sensor connector track 2

Track F2 computer connector A

Sensor connector track 6

Track F4 computer connector A

Disconnect computer connector A and the pedal potentiometer connector.
Check the insulation between track F2 and track F3 on computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-32

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF010

STORED

EGR POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth
CC.1 : Short circuit to 12 volts
1.DEF : Above maximum threshold
2.DEF : Below minimum threshold

NOTES

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if dealing with faults DF010 and
DF113 treat voltage feed sensor DF113 as a priority.

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: the fault is
declared present after starting the engine.

Check the condition and the connection of the 6-track connector of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid
valve.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance at the the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve terminals.
Replace the solenoid valve if the resistance is not 4 k

Ω

±±±±

1.6 k

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C between tracks 2 and 4 and

approximately 1 k

Ω

±±±±

0.5 k

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C between tracks 4 and 6.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Sensor connector track 2

Track B1 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 6

Track B2 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 4

Track B3 computer connector B

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-33

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF014

PRESENT

VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT

NOTES

Special notes: None.

For this type of vehicle, the ABS computer or an additional unit (if the vehicle does not have ABS) transmits
the vehicle speed on the CAN.
Test the multiplex network to be able to work on the CAN (fault on the CAN H and CAN L lines between the
injection and the ABS). Also check there are no faults in the ABS part or in the system which supplies the
vehicle speed.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-34

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF015

PRESENT

MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT

1.DEF : Permanent low signal
2.DEF : Permanent high signal

NOTES

Special notes: The main relay is incorporated in the UPC.

Test the main relay supply fuse in the engine compartment: (30 A fuse) on the UPC.
Replace the fuse if necessary.

Check the condition and connection of the PEM D 12-track brown and PPM1 4-track black connectors on
the UPC.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector C.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Computer connector C track F1

Track 2 12 track brown PEM D UPC connector

Computer connector C track G1

Vehicle earth

Computer connector C track H2

Track 1 4 track black PPM1 UPC connector

Computer connector C track G2

Track 1 4 track black PPM1 UPC connector

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-35

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF016

STORED

EGR VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT

CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth
CC.1 : Short circuit to +12 volts

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present when the engine is running at idle speed

Special notes: If fault DF016 is present, the engine speed will be unsteady and may
even stall.
Difficult to start engine or even impossible when cold. Level 1 warning light comes
on and is accompanied by the "injection faulty" message.

Check the condition and the connection of the 6-track connector of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid
valve.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance at the the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve terminal.
Replace the solenoid valve if the resistance is not 4 k

Ω

±±±±

1.6 k

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C between tracks 2 and 4 and

approximately 1 k

Ω

±±±±

0.5 k

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C between tracks 4 and 6.

Ensure the presence of 12 Volts after ignition on the connector side on track 1 of the EGR valve connector.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

+ after ignition PPM1 G black UPC connector track 3

Track 1 EGR solenoid valve

Computer connector B track L3

Track 5 EGR solenoid valve

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-36

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF017

PRESENT

PREHEATER UNIT CONTROL CIRCUIT

CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth
CC.1 : Short circuit to 12 volts

NOTES

Special notes: If DF017 is present starting is difficult (or impossible when cold).
If CC.1: plugs permanently controlled with risk of being damaged and risk of damaging
the engine.

Check the condition and connection of the preheating unit connector.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector C.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

12 Volts after ignition

Track 3 preheater unit

Computer connector C track D3

Track 9 preheater unit

Computer connector C track F2

Track 8 preheater unit

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-37

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF024

PRESENT

LOW-PRESSURE ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT

CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth
CC.1 : Short circuit to 12 volts

NOTES

Special notes: If fault DF024 is present with CO.0 or CC.1 level 1 warning light comes
on along with the message "injection failure".
The fuel flow actuator is fully opened and the engine is stopped to prevent it from
racing.

Check the connection and condition of the 'fuel flow actuator connector.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the fuel flow actuator.
Replace the flow actuator if the resistance is not 5.3

Ω

±±±±

0.5

Ω

at 20

°°°°

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of unwanted resistance on the following connection:

Computer connector B track M4

Track 1 fuel flow actuator

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-38

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF025

PRESENT

PREHEATER UNIT DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTION

CO : open circuit

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the condition and connection of the preheating unit connector.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition and connection of the heater plug connectors.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector C.
Repair or replace the passenger compartment fan if necessary.

Measure the resistance of each heater plug. The resistance must be less than 1

Ω

Replace the faulty plugs.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of unwanted resistance on the following connection:

Computer connector C track F2

Track 8 preheating unit

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-39

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF026

PRESENT

STORED

INJECTOR CYLINDER 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT

: Open circuit

: Short circuit

1.DEF : At minimum stop

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present when the engine is running at idle speed
Level 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection failure".

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Switch off the ignition, and wait 15 seconds.
Check the connection and condition of the injector connector. Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity between the two injector terminals using a multimeter.
Replace the injector if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B. Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of unwanted resistance on the following connections:

Computer connector B track A4

Track 1 injector 1

Computer connector B track B4

Track 2 injector 1

Repair if necessary.

CC - 1.DEF

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to the
stored fault: The fault is declared present when driving
Levels 1 and 2 warning lights light up.

Switch off the ignition, and wait 15 seconds.
Check the connection and condition of the injector connector. Repair if necessary.

Switch off the ignition, disconnect the injector and switch the ignition back on.
Replace the injector if the fault becomes stored or present in open circuit.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B. Repair if necessary.

Disconnect computer connector B and the connector from injector 1.
Check the insulation between track A4 and track B4 on computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-40

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF027

PRESENT

STORED

INJECTOR CYLINDER 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT

: Open circuit

: Short circuit

1.DEF : At minimum stop

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present when the engine is running at idle speed.
Level 1 warning light comes on and is accompanied by the "injection faulty"
message.

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Switch off the ignition, and wait 15 seconds.
Check the connection and condition of the injector connector. Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity between the two injector terminals using a multimeter.
Replace the injector if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B. Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of unwanted resistance on the following connections:

Computer connector B track G4

Track 1 injector 2

Computer connector B track H4

Track 2 injector 2

Repair if necessary.

CC - 1.DEF

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to the
stored fault: The fault is declared present when driving
Levels 1 and 2 warning lights light up.

Switch off the ignition, and wait 15 seconds.
Check the connection and condition of the injector connector. Repair if necessary.

Switch off the ignition, disconnect the injector and switch the ignition back on.
Replace the injector if the fault becomes stored or present in open circuit.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B. Repair if necessary.

Disconnect computer connector B and the connector from injector 2.
Check the insulation between track H4 and track G4 on computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-41

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF028

PRESENT

STORED

INJECTOR CYLINDER 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT

: Open circuit

: Short circuit

1.DEF : At minimum stop

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Switch off the ignition, and wait 15 seconds.
Check the connection and condition of the injector connector. Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity between the two injector terminals using a multimeter.
Replace the injector if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B. Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of unwanted resistance on the following connections:

Computer connector B track C4

Track 1 injector 3

Computer connector B track D4

Track 2 injector 3

Repair if necessary.

CC - 1.DEF

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to the
stored fault: The fault is declared present when driving
Levels 1 and 2 warning lights light up.

Switch off the ignition, and wait 15 seconds.
Check the connection and condition of the injector connector. Repair if necessary.

Switch off the ignition, disconnect the injector and switch the ignition back on.
Replace the injector if the fault becomes stored or present in open circuit.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B. Repair if necessary.

Disconnect computer connector B and the connector from injector 3.
Check the insulation between track C4 and track D4 on computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-42

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF029

STORED

INJECTOR CYLINDER 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT

: Open circuit

: Short circuit

1.DEF : At minimum stop

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Switch off the ignition, and wait 15 seconds.
Check the connection and condition of the injector connector. Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity between the two injector terminals using a multimeter.
Replace the injector if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B. Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of unwanted resistance on the following connections:

Computer connector B track E4

Track 1 injector 4

Computer connector B track F4

Track 2 injector 4

Repair if necessary.

CC - 1.DEF

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to the
stored fault: The fault is declared present when driving
Levels 1 and 2 warning lights light up.

Switch off the ignition, and wait 15 seconds.
Check the connection and condition of the injector connector. Repair if necessary.

Switch off the ignition, disconnect the injector and switch the ignition back on.
Replace the injector if the fault becomes stored or present in open circuit.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B. Repair if necessary.

Disconnect computer connector B and the connector from injector 4.
Check the insulation between track E4 and track F4 on computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-43

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF037

PRESENT

IMMOBILISER

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Carry out a fault finding procedure on the multiplex network.
Refer to the fault finding procedure for the keyless vehicle function.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-44

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF038

PRESENT

COMPUTER

1.DEF : Analogue/digital converter
2.DEF : Write EEPROM memory
3.DEF : Read EEPROM memory
4.DEF : Enter injector codes
5.DEF : Memory self-test
6.DEF : Non refreshed watchdog
7.DEF : Interference on the injector control line
8.DEF : Watchdog activation

NOTES

Special notes: None.

7.DEF

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B. Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Computer connector B track A4

Track 1 injector 1

Computer connector B track B4

Track 2 injector 1

Computer connector B track G4

Track 1 injector 2

Computer connector B track H4

Track 2 injector 2

Computer connector B track C4

Track 1 injector 3

Computer connector B track D4

Track 2 injector 3

Computer connector B track E4

Track 1 injector 4

Computer connector B track F4

Track 2 injector 4

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, contact your techline.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-45

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF038

CONTINUED

4.DEF

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Check that the individual injector correction (C2I) matches the injectors, if not write the C2I codes
(see "configurations/programming").

If the C2I does match the injectors, contact your Techline.

1.DEF
2.DEF
3.DEF
5.DEF
6.DEF
8.DEF

NOTES

Special notes: Contact your Techline.

Contact your Techline.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-46

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF039

PRESENT

INLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 volts
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the condition of the air temperature sensor 4-track connector.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of the air temperature sensor between tracks 1 and 2.
Replace the air temperature sensor if the resistance is not 2051 k

Ω

±±±±

120 k

Ω

at 25

°°°°

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Sensor connector track 1

Track C3 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 2

Track J2 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 3

Track C1 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 4

Track C2 computer connector B

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-47

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF047

STORED

COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

1.DEF : Above maximum threshold
2.DEF : Below minimum threshold

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: the fault is
declared present when the engine is running above 1000 rpm.

Check the battery voltage when the ignition is switched on.
If the battery voltage < 10 V recharge the battery.

Check the condition of the battery terminals.
Repair if necessary.

Check the vehicle's charge circuit.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

+ after ignition feed

Track D1 computer connector A

Chassis earth

Track G1, H1 computer connector C

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-48

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF049

STORED

REFRIGERANT FLUID SENSOR CIRCUIT

CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 volts
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: the fault is
declared present when the engine is running and the air conditioning is on.

Check the coolant pressure sensor connection.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector C.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Sensor connector track B

Track C4 computer connector C

Sensor connector track C

Track C3 computer connector C

Sensor connector track A

Track G3 computer connector C

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-49

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF050

PRESENT

STORED

BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

1.DEF : Signal absent
2.DEF : Inconsistency

NOTES

Conditions for applying fault finding procedure to a stored fault: the fault is
declared present when the ignition is switched on or on deceleration, when the brake
pedal is depressed.
Deal with the fault even if it is stored.

Test the switch connector.
Repair if necessary.

Check for the presence of + 12 volts on the switch supply.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 32-track connector A and 32-track connector C of the computer.
Repair if necessary.

Check that the switch is working.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Stop switch tracks 1 and 3

+ after ignition

Stop switch track 4

Track E4 computer connector A

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-50

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF051

PRESENT

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER

1.DEF : Inconsistency
2.DEF : On/off switch

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.

Check the connections of the cruise control/speed limiter on/off switch.
Repair if necessary.

Check for the presence of 12 volts after ignition on track A2 of the cruise control/speed limiter on/off
switch. Repair if necessary.

Check that the cruise control/speed limiter on/off switch is working (refer to interpretation ET042 Cruise
control/speed limiter).
If the fault persists, contact your techline.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-51

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF052

PRESENT

STORED

INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT

CC.1 : Short circuit to 12 volts
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth

NOTES

Fault finding application conditions for a stored fault: fault declared present when
the ignition is switched on.

Priorities when dealing with more than one fault: If fault DF052 and faults DF026,
DF027, DF028 and DF029 are present, the fault finding procedure remains the same,
but you can determine the faulty injector.

Special notes: The engine stalls when the fault appears. Level 1 warning light
comes on and is accompanied by the "injection faulty" message.

Switch off the ignition and check the injector connections.
Repair if necessary.

Disconnect the injectors and switch the ignition back on.
Check to see if the fault is still present.
If the fault does not persist, an injector is faulty. Switch off the ignition and reconnect one of the four
injectors. Switch the ignition back on and, if the fault reappears, replace the reconnected injector.: Carry out
the same procedure for the remaining injectors.

If the fault persists by disconnecting the injectors:
Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B. Repair if necessary.
Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Injector 1 track 1 (+)

Track A4 computer connector B

Injector 1 track 2 (earth)

Track B4 computer connector B

Injector 2 track 1 (+)

Track G4 computer connector B

Injector 2 track 2 (earth)

Track H4 computer connector B

Injector 3 track 1 (+)

Track C4 computer connector B

Injector 3 track 2 (earth)

Track D4 computer connector B

Injector 4 track 1 (+)

Track E4 computer connector B

Injector 4 track 2 (earth)

Track F4 computer connector B

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-52

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF053

STORED

RAIL PRESSURE REGULATION FUNCTION

1.DEF : At minimum stop
2.DEF : At maximum stop
3.DEF : Below minimum threshold
4.DEF : Above maximum threshold
5.DEF : High flow current < minimum
6.DEF : High flow current > maximum
7.DEF : Low flow current < minimum
8.DEF : Low flow current > minimum

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present when the engine is running.

3.DEF - 4.DEF -

5.DEF - 6.DEF -

8.DEF

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the fuel flow actuator connection (IMV).
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the fuel flow actuator.
Replace the flow actuator if the resistance is not 5.3

Ω

±±±±

0.5

Ω

at 20

°°°°

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of unwanted resistance on the following connection:

Computer connector B track M4

Track 1 fuel flow actuator

Repair if necessary.

Check:
– that fuel is present in the tank,
– that there is no air in the fuel circuit,
– the condition of the diesel filter.
Repair if necessary.

1.DEF
2.DEF
7.DEF

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to
stored faults: The fault is declared present when the
engine is running.

Carry out Test 7 "HIGH-PRESSURE PUMP TEST".
Carry out Test 11 "STARTING PHASE INJECTOR RETURN FLOW".

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-53

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF057

STORED

WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR CIRCUIT

CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 volts
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
1.DEF : Above maximum threshold

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present when the engine is running.
Level 1 warning light comes on and is accompanied by the "injection faulty"
message.

Check whether there is any water in the diesel filter. Clean or replace the filter if necessary.

Check the condition of the coolant detector3-track connector.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector C.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Sensor connector track 3

Earth

Sensor connector track 2

Track B3 computer connector C

Sensor connector track 1

+ after ignition

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-54

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF059

STORED

MISFIRING ON CYLINDER 1

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present when the engine is running at idle speed

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if faults DF026 (short circuit or
open circuit) and DF059 are present, deal with Cylinder 1 injector control circuit:
DF026 (short circuit or open circuit) first.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if dealing with faults DF053 (1.DEF,
2.DEF, 7.DEF) and DF059 treat the pressure regulator DF053 fault as a priority.

Check that the cylinder is leaktight.
Repair if necessary.

Check the valve clearances and adjust them if necessary.

Check the air inlet conduits and the EGR valve and clean them if necessary.

Replace the injector.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-55

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF060

STORED

MISFIRING ON CYLINDER 2

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present when the engine is running at idle speed.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if faults DF027 (short circuit or
open circuit) and DF060 are present, deal with Cylinder 2 injector control circuit:
DF027 (short circuit or open circuit) first.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if dealing with faults DF053 (1.DEF,
2.DEF, 7.DEF) and DF060 treat the pressure regulator DF053 fault as a priority.

Check that the cylinder is leaktight.
Repair if necessary.

Check the valve clearances and adjust them if necessary.

Check the air inlet conduits and the EGR valve and clean them if necessary.

Replace the injector.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-56

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF061

STORED

MISFIRING ON CYLINDER 3

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present when the engine is running at idle speed.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if faults DF028 (short circuit or
open circuit) and DF061 are present, deal with Cylinder 3 injector control circuit:
DF028 (short circuit or open circuit) first.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if dealing with faults DF053 (1.DEF,
2.DEF, 7.DEF) and DF061 treat the pressure regulator DF053 fault as a priority.

Check that the cylinder is leaktight.
Repair if necessary.

Check the valve clearances and adjust them if necessary.

Check the air inlet conduits and the EGR valve and clean them if necessary.

Replace the injector.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-57

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF062

STORED

MISFIRING ON CYLINDER 4

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present when the engine is running at idle speed.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if faults DF029 (short circuit or
open circuit) and DF062 are present, deal with Cylinder 4 injector control circuit:
DF029 (short circuit or open circuit) first.

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if dealing with faults DF053 (1.DEF,
2.DEF, 7.DEF) and DF062 treat the pressure regulator DF053 fault as a priority.

Check that the cylinder is leaktight.
Repair if necessary.

Check the valve clearances and adjust them if necessary.

Check the air inlet conduits and the EGR valve and clean them if necessary.

Replace the injector.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-58

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF089

PRESENT

INLET MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

1.DEF : Permanent low signal
2.DEF : Permanent high signal
3.DEF : Below minimum threshold
4.DEF : Above maximum threshold
5.DEF : Inconsistency
6.DEF : At maximum stop
7.DEF : At minimum stop

NOTES

Special notes: level 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection
failure".

1.DEF - 2.DEF -

3.DEF - 4.DEF

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the condition of the inlet pressure sensor 4-track connector.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Sensor connector track 1

Track C3 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 2

Track J2 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 3

Track C1 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 4

Track C2 computer connector B

Repair if necessary.

5.DEF - 6.DEF -

7.DEF

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Visually check that the turbocharger circuit is leak tight. Repair if necessary.

Remove the air supply ducts and check that they are not blocked.
Repair if necessary.

Check the coherence between the atmospheric pressure and the inlet manifold vacuum
(PR035 = PR032).
With the engine stopped, the pressure should be approximately the same between the two sensors.
Replace the manifold pressure sensor if necessary.

Check the turbocharger. Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-59

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF098

PRESENT

FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 volts
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the condition of the fuel temperature sensor 2-track connector.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance at the fuel temperature sensor terminals.
Replace the fuel temperature sensor if the resistance is not 2.2 k

Ω

at 25

°°°°

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Sensor connector track 1

track G2 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 2

track G3 computer connector B

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-60

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF107

STORED

COMPUTER MEMORY

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present when the engine is running.

Special notes: If fault DF107 is present:engine stopped and starting impossible
the level 1 warning light comes on along with the message "injection failure".

Reenter C2I using the diagnostic tool (command SC002).

If the fault persists, contact your techline.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-61

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF112

STORED

CYLINDER REFERENCE SENSOR CIRCUIT

1.DEF : Signal absent
2.DEF : Inconsistency

NOTES

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if dealing with faults DF112 and
DF113 treat voltage feed sensor DF113 as a priority.

Conditions for applying fault finding procedure to a stored fault: the fault is
declared present when the starter motor is activated or at idle speed (600 rpm).

Check the condition of the cylinder reference senso 3-track connector.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Sensor connector track 2

Track E2 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 1

Track E3 computer connector B

If necessary replace the sensor.

Check the timing gear setting using the appropriate Workshop Repair Manual.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-62

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF113

PRESENT

SUPPLY VOLTAGE SENSORS

1.DEF : At minimum stop
2.DEF : At maximum stop

NOTES

Special notes: If fault DF113 is present, the engine stops immediately and it is
impossible to restart. Level 1 warning light comes on and is accompanied by the
"injection faulty" message.

Check the condition and connection of all the sensor connectors supplied by external tracks.

– coolant pressure sensor
– inlet manifold pressure sensor
– rail pressure sensor
– pedal sensor track 1
– EGR valve position sensor
– Cylinder reference sensor

Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of computer connectors A, B and C.
Repair if necessary.

Connect the bornier in place of the computer and check the insulation, continuity and absence of
interference resistance on the following connections:

Computer connector C track C4

Track B refrigerant pressure sensor

Computer connector B track C1

Track 3 inlet manifold pressure sensor

Computer connector B track D1

Track 3 rail pressure sensor

Computer connector A track G2

Track 3 pedal sensor track 1

Computer connector B track B1

Track 2 EGR valve position sensor

+ after ignition feed

Track 3 cylinder reference sensor

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, apply the fault finding strategy to each sensor supplied by an external track.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-63

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF114

STORED

EGR SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT

1.DEF : At minimum stop
2.DEF : At maximum stop
3.DEF : Above maximum threshold
4.DEF : Seized component

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present at idle speed.

Special notes: If fault DF114 is present the level 1 warning light comes on along
with the message "injection failure".

Check the connection and condition of the 6-track connector of the EGR solenoid valve.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance across tracks 1 and 5 of the EGR solenoid valve.
Replace the EGR solenoid valve if the resistance is not 8

Ω

±±±±

0.5

Ω

at 25

°°°°

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

+ after ignition feed

track 1 EGR solenoid valve

Computer connector B track L3

track 5 EGR solenoid valve

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

If the EGR valve has been replaced, use command RZ002 to set the EGR valve
parameters to 0.
Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-64

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF116

PRESENT

MULTIPLEX NETWORK

1.DEF : Carry out the multiplex network fault finding procedure

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Carry out the fault finding procedure for the multiplex network.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-65

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF121

STORED

ACCELEROMETER CIRCUIT

NOTES

Priorities when dealing with a number of faults: if faults DF121 and DF001, DF098,
DF003 are present, deal with the coolant temperature DF001, air temperature
DF002, fuel temperature DF098, atmospheric pressure DF003 faults first. A fault on
one of these sensors could lead to incorrect fault finding of the accelerometer.

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present when the engine is running at idle speed.

Check the conformity of the injectors fitted to the vehicle in relation to the type of vehicle and engine
number (low, high or very high injector pressure).

Check the accelerometer connection.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B and the sensor shielding on track K1.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connections:

Sensor connector track 1

Track F1 computer connector B

Sensor connector track 2

Track G1 computer connector B

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-66

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF122

PRESENT

PEDAL POTENTIOMETER TRACK 2 SUPPLY VOLTAGE PEDAL
POTENTIOMETER TRACK 2

CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 volts
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth

NOTES

Special notes: When this fault appears, the idle speed is set to 1000 rpm, engine
performance is reduced to 75 % and the level 1 warning light comes on along with
the message "injection failure".

CC.0

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the condition of the 6-track connector of the pedal potentiometer.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance at the pedal potentiometer terminals:

Track 6 (earth)

Track 2 (+ 5 V)

Replace the potentiometer pedal if the resistance is not 2.85 k

Ω

±±±±

2.05 k

Ω

Disconnect computer connector A and the pedal potentiometer connector.
Check the insulation to earth of the connection on track F2 of computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity of the connection between:

Sensor connector track 2

Track F2 computer connector A

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-67

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF122

CONTINUED

CO.1

NOTES

Special notes: None.

Check the condition of the 6-track connector of the pedal potentiometer.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of the 32-track computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance at the pedal potentiometer terminals:

Track 6 (earth)

Track 2 (+ 5 V)

Replace the potentiometer pedal if the resistance is not 1.7 k

Ω

±±±±

0.7 k

Ω

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the connection:

Sensor connector track 2

Track F2 computer connector A

Repair if necessary.

Disconnect computer connector A and the pedal potentiometer connector.
Check the insulation to +12 volts of the connection on track F2 of computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity of the connections:

Sensor connector track 2

Track F2 computer connector A

Sensor connector track 6

Track F4 computer connector A

Disconnect computer connector A and the pedal potentiometer connector.
Check the insulation between track F2 and track F3 on computer connector A.
Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-68

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DF130

STORED

FLOW CAPACITY FUNCTION

NOTES

Condition for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults: The fault is
declared present when the engine is running

Check the connection of the flow actuator (IMV) and repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the fuel flow actuator.
Replace the flow actuator if the resistance is not 5.3

Ω

±±±±

0.5

Ω

at 20

°°°°

Check the condition of the 48-track computer connector B.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of unwanted resistance on the following connection:

Computer connector B track M4

Track 1 fuel flow actuator

Repair if necessary

Check:
– that fuel is present in the tank,
– that there is no air in the fuel circuit,
– the condition of the diesel filter.
Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, carry out a "HIGH-PRESSURE PUMP" test (see TEST section).

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-69

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Fault finding - Conformity check

MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS:

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Application condition: engine off, ignition on.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Battery voltage

PR074:

Battery voltage

12 V < PR074 < 13.5 V

In the event of a fault:

perform the charge

circuit fault finding

procedure.

Engine speed

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's

rotational speed in rpm.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for DF005

Engine speed sensor

circuit.

Accelerator

pedal position

PR030:

Accelerator pedal
position
0%

Gives the position of

the accelerator pedal

as a %.

PR030 = 0 %

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for faults

DF008 and DF009

Pedal sensor circuit,

track 1 and track 2 and

DF113 "Sensor

reference voltage"

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature
Warm: 90

Gives the coolant

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 80

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR064

"Coolant

temperature".

External air

temperature

PR061:

External air
temperature

Gives the external air

temperature in

°°°°

C. This

parameter is controlled

by the UCH and

transmitted to the

injection on the

multiplex network.

Default value: 20

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for this

fault described in the

UCH document.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-70

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS: (Continued 1)

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Inlet air

temperature

PR059:

Inlet air temperature
Cold = PR061
Warm: 30

Gives the inlet air

temperature in

°°°°

This information is
provided by the air

temperature/

pressure sensor.

Default value: 30

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation

PR059 "Inlet air

temperature".

Fuel

temperature

PR063:

Fuel temperature
Cold = PR064
Warm: 50

Gives the fuel

temperature in

°°°°

This value is given by

the fuel temperature

sensor.

Default value: 30

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for fault

DF098 Fuel

temperature sensor

circuit.

Air circuit

pressure

PR035:

Atmospheric pressure

Gives the

atmospheric

pressure in mbar.

The sensor is

incorporated in the

computer.

If not consistent,

check

PR035 = PR032 =

local atmospheric
pressure, with the

engine stopped
and ignition on.

PR032:

Inlet pressure

Shows the pressure

in the inlet circuit in

mbar.

Rail

pressure

PR064:

Rail pressure
Cold and warm:
-90 bar <PR038> 90 bar

Gives the pressure of

the diesel in the

injection rail in Bar.

This pressure is

supplied by the

sensor on the rail.

Default value:

2000 Bar.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for fault

DF007 Rail

pressure sensor

circuit.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-71

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS: (Continued 2)

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Engine

ET038:

Engine
+ after
ignition feed

Gives the current status of

the engine.

– + after ignition feed
– CRANKING
– RUNNING
– MAINTAINED SUPPLY:

Supply maintained during
the power latch phase.

– STALLED: When the

engine has stalled.

– PROTECTED: When a

level 2 fault appears or
when the engine speed is
limited to a certain engine
speed.

NONE.

Immobiliser

ET003:

Immobiliser
INACTIVE

Gives the status of the

immobiliser system.

– INACTIVE: The injection

computer has
recognised the
immobiliser code
transmitted by the UCH.

– ACTIVE: The injection

computer does not
recognise the immobiliser
code transmitted by the
UCH.

If ACTIVE, follow the

associated "help"

given in the tool.

Code

programmed

ET006:

Code
programmed
YES

States whether the

immobiliser code has

been programmed by the

computer or not.

– YES: Code programmed
– NO: Code not

programmed by the
injection computer.

If NO, contact your

Techline.

Vehicle speed

PR089:

Vehicle speed

Gives the vehicle speed

in kph. This parameter is

transmitted by the ABS

computer or vehicle

speed ECU. This

information is transmitted

to the injection on the

multiplex network.

Test the multiplex

network.

Refer to ABS or

vehicle speed ECU

fault finding

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-72

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

STARTING SUB-FUNCTION:

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Computer

+ after

ignition feed

ET001:

Computer
+ after
ignition feed
PRESENT

Indicates that the

computer is supplied
with a + after ignition

feed.

– Present
– Absent

In the event of a

problem, carry out the

fault finding

procedure for DF047

"Computer supply

voltage" or DF015

"Main relay circuit".

Starting

ET076:

Starting
AUTHORISED

Indicates whether or not

starting has been
authorised by the

injection

AUTHORISED: The
injection has given

starting authorisation.

PROHIBITED: The

injection has not given

starting authorisation.

If PROHIBITED carry

out a full fault finding

procedure on the

preheating system.

Engine

ET038:

Engine
+ after
ignition feed

Gives the current status

of the engine.

– + after ignition feed
– CRANKING
– RUNNING
– MAINTAINED SUPPLY:

Supply maintained
during the power latch
phase.

– Stalled: When the

engine has stalled.

– Protected: When a

fault appears or when
the engine speed is
limited to a certain
engine speed.

NONE.

Battery voltage

PR074:

Battery voltage

12 < PR074 < 13.5 V

In the event of a fault:

perform the charge

circuit fault finding

procedure.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-73

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

PROTECTION SUB-FUNCTION:

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Immobiliser

ET003:

Immobiliser
INACTIVE

Gives the status of the

immobiliser system.

– INACTIVE: The

injection computer
has recognised the
immobiliser code
transmitted by the
UCH.

– ACTIVE: The

injection computer
does not recognise
the immobiliser code
transmitted by the
UCH.

If ACTIVE, follow the

associated "help"

given in the tool.

Code

programmed

ET006:

Code
programmed
YES

States whether the

immobiliser code has
been programmed by

the computer or not.

– YES: Code

programmed

– NO: Code not

programmed by the
injection computer.

If NO, contact your

Techline.

Battery voltage

PR074:

Battery voltage

12 V < PR074 < 13.5 V

In the event of a fault:

perform the charge

circuit fault finding

procedure.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-74

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

COLD LOOP SUB-FUNCTION:

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Air

conditioning

present

ET079:

Air conditioning
present
YES

States whether the vehicle

is fitted with air

conditioning or not.

– YES: Air conditioning is

detected by the injection
computer.

– NO: Air conditioning is not

detected by the injection
computer.

If not consistent

with the vehicle

equipment, carry
out the multiplex
network test and

apply the relevant

procedure.

Compressor
engagement

request

ET088:

Request to start
compressor
INACTIVE

The injection requests the

UPC (via the multiplex

network) to start the

compressor

– ACTIVE: The multiplex

network should not be
faulty on the Automatic
Transmission, UPC or
UCH systems.
The UCH should request
the injection to be
engaged. The refrigerant
pressure sensor should not
be faulty. Satisfactory
engine operating
conditions (coolant
temperature, engine
load etc.).

– INACTIVE: One of the

above conditions has not
been fulfilled.

NONE.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-75

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

SUB SYSTEM COLD LOOP (Continuation 1):

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Air conditioning

authorisation

ET004:

Air conditioning
authorised
NO

Non operational

information, designed
solely for fault finding

purposes.

– YES: Satisfactory

engine operating
conditions (coolant
temperature, engine
load etc.). The vehicle
is not in a specific
movement phase (hill
start or stop etc.).

– NO: One of the above

conditions has not
been fulfilled.

NONE.

Refrigerant

pressure

PR037:

Refrigerant
pressure

Gives the value in BAR
for the refrigerant fluid

in the system.

2 Bar < PR037 < 27 Bar

Default value: 0 Bar.

If there is a problem:

apply the fault

finding procedure for

DF049 "Refrigerant

fluid sensor circuit".

If the fault persists,

replace the

refrigerant sensor.

Engine speed

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's
rotational speed in

rpm.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for DF005

Engine speed sensor

circuit.

Fast idle speed

request

ET023:

Fast idle speed
request
ABSENT

The UCH requests fast

idle speed from the

injection.

– ABSENT: The UCH

did not make the
request

– PRESENT: The UCH

has made a request

If ET023is incorrect,

carry out a multiplex

network test using

the diagnostic tool.
If the test is correct

refer to the UCH fault

finding procedure

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature
Warm: 90

Gives the coolant

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 80

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR064

"Coolant

temperature".

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-76

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

SUBSYSTEM: COLD LOOP (Continuation 2):

*: When climate control is requested with the engine at idle speed and vehicle speed = 0 km/h, ET022

will always be "ACTIVE" and ET021 "INACTIVE" (except refrigerant pressure> 15 bar, vehicle speed
= 0 km/h and high coolant temperature). The fans are prevented from operating under certain coolant
temperature conditions when driving.

When the UPC no longer receives multiplex injection transmissions the fans operate continuously.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Vehicle speed

PR089:

Vehicle speed

Gives the vehicle speed

in kph. This parameter is

transmitted by the ABS

computer or vehicle

speed ECU. This

information is transmitted

to the injection on the

multiplex network.

Test the multiplex

network.

Refer to ABS or

vehicle speed ECU

fault finding

Power

consumed by

the air

conditioning

compressor

PR125:

Power used by
the AC
compressor
0 WATT

Gives the power used by

the compressor

NONE.

Fan speed

request *

ET022:

Fan low-speed
request
INACTIVE

The injection requests the

UPC to start the fans.

– INACTIVE: Engine speed

= 0 rpm.

– ACTIVE: Engine speed

= idle speed, correct
refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed = 0 km/h or
high coolant temperature.

NONE.

Fan speed

request *

ET021:

High-speed fan
request
INACTIVE

The injection requests the

UPC to start the fans.

– INACTIVE: Engine speed

= 0 rpm.

– ACTIVE: Engine speed

= idle speed.
Refrigerant pressure
> 15 Bar, vehicle speed
= 0 km/h or high coolant
temperature.

NONE.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-77

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

HEATING SUB-FUNCTION:

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature
Warm: 90

Gives the coolant

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 80

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR064

"Coolant

temperature".

Set number of

RCH.

ET111:

Set number
of RCH.
YES- NO

The RCH are controlled

by the UCH. These are

high current

consumers.

Consequently, their use

is conditional on the

available power all the

time (alternator power).

The injection checks

the mechanical power
available according to

the engine operating

conditions (torque,

power etc.) to

authorise, limit or stop

their use.

(This information is

sent via the CAN

network to the UCH).

NOTE: When the RCH

are operating, the

injection should

respond to a request for
fast idle speed from the

UCH.

NONE.

RCH cut off

ET112:

RCH cut off
YES - NO

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-78

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

LPG/FUEL CIRCUIT SUB FUNCTION:

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Fuel tem-

perature

PR063:

Fuel temperature
Cold = PR064
Warm: 50

Gives the fuel

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 30

In the event of a

problem, perform

the fault finding

procedure for fault:

DF098 "Fuel

temperature sensor

circuit".

Fuel flow

PR017:

Fuel flow
0.0 mg/piston stroke

Shows the fuel flow

injected in mg/piston

stroke for each injector.

PR017 = 0 mg/piston

stroke.

NONE.

Rail

pressure

PR038:

rail pressure
Cold and warm:
- 90 bar <PR038 <90 bar

Gives the pressure of the
diesel in the injection rail

in Bar.

This pressure is supplied
by the sensor on the rail.

Default value: 2000 Bar.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for fault

DF007 Rail pressure

sensor circuit.

Rail

pressure

setpoint

PR008:

Rail pressure setpoint
375 bar (Engine starting
pressure instruction)
Cold: 500 Bar
Warm: 300 Bar

Gives a theoretical

pressure value for

optimum engine

operation.

300 bar < PR008

< 500 bar.

NONE.

Rail

pressure

sensor

voltage

PR080 :

Rail pressure sensor
voltage
Cold: 0.5 V
Cold: 4.5 V

Shows the voltage

delivered by the

computer on the rail

pressure sensor.

0.5 V < PR080 < 4.5 V

Default value: 4.5 V

NONE.

Engine

speed

PR055:

Engine speed.

Gives the engine's

rotational speed in rpm.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for DF005

Engine speed

sensor circuit.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-79

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

PRE-HEATING/IGNITION SUBFUNCTION:

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature
Warm: 90

Gives the coolant

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 80

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR064

"Coolant

temperature".

External air

temperature

PR061:

External air
temperature

Gives the external air

temperature in

°°°°

C. This

parameter is controlled

by the UCH and

transmitted to the

injection on the

multiplex network.

Default value: 20

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for this

fault described in the

UCH document.

Inlet air

temperature

PR059:

Inlet air
temperature
Cold = PR061
Warm: 30

Gives the inlet air

temperature in

°°°°

C. This

information is provided

by the air temperature/

pressure sensor.

Default value: 30

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR059

"Inlet air

temperature".

Battery voltage

PR074:

Battery voltage

12 V < PR074 < 13.5 V

In the event of a fault:

perform the charge

circuit fault finding

procedure.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-80

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

AIR CIRC SUBFUNCTION (TURBOCHARGING/INLET.):

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Inlet air

temperature

PR059:

Inlet air
temperature
Cold = PR061
Warm: 30

Gives the inlet air

temperature in

°°°°

C. This

information is provided

by the air temperature/

pressure sensor.

Default value: 30

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR059

"Inlet air

temperature".

Air circuit

pressure

PR035:

Atmospheric
pressure

Gives the atmospheric

pressure in mbar. The

sensor is incorporated

in the computer.

If not consistent,

check

PR035 = PR032 =

local atmospheric
pressure, with the

engine stopped and

ignition on.

PR032:

Inlet pressure

Shows the pressure in

the inlet circuit in mbar.

Air flow

PR132:

Air flow

Air flow estimated by

the injection computer.

NONE.

Inlet

temperature

sensor voltage

PR081:

Inlet temperature
sensor voltage

Shows the voltage

delivered by the

computer to supply the

inlet temperature

sensor

NONE.

Engine speed

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's

rotational speed in rpm.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for DF005

Engine speed sensor

circuit.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-81

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

ENGINE COOLING SUB FUNCTION:

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature
Warm: 90

Gives the coolant

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 80

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR064

"Coolant

temperature".

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-82

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DRIVER PARAMETERS SUB FUNCTION:

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Accelerator

pedal position

PR030:

Accelerator pedal
position
0%

Indicates the

percentage of the pedal

position between no

load and full load

position

0 % < PR030 < 100 %

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for faults

DF008 and DF009

Pedal sensor circuit,

track 1 and track 2 and

DF113 "Sensor

reference voltage"

Pedal

potentiometer
tracks voltage

PR086:

Pedal
potentiometer
track 1 voltage
16 %

Shows the voltage

supply percentage for

tracks 1 and 2 of the

pedal potentiometer.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for faults

DF008 and DF009

Pedal sensor circuit,

track 1 and track 2 and

DF113 "Sensor

reference voltage"

PR088:

Pedal
potentiometer
track 2 voltage
7 %

10 % < PR086 < 20 %

5 % < PR088 < 15 %.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-83

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD SUBFUNCTION:

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

EGR electronic

control

ET008:

EGR solenoid
control
INACTIVE

Shows the condition of

the EGR valve control.

– INACTIVE: The valve

is not controlled by the
computer.

– ACTIVE: The valve is

controlled by the
computer.

NONE.

Atmospheric

pressure

PR035:

Atmospheric
pressure

Gives the atmospheric

pressure in mbar. The

sensor is incorporated

in the computer.

If not consistent,

check

PR035 = PR032 =

local atmospheric
pressure, with the

engine stopped and

ignition on.

Air flow

PR132:

Air flow

Air flow estimated by

the injection computer.

NONE.

Fuel flow

PR017:

Fuel flow
0.0 mg/piston
stroke

Shows the fuel flow out

of the high-pressure

pump in mg/piston

stroke.

NONE.

EGR solenoid

valve control

PR005:

EGR valve
opening setpoint
Warm or cold
= - 50

Gives a theoretical EGR

valve opening value for

optimum engine

operation.

PR005 = PR051

NONE.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-84

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD SUBFUNCTION (cont.):

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

EGR valve

position

feedback

PR051:

EGR valve
position feedback
Warm or cold
= - 50

Gives the actual value

of the EGR valve

position.

PR051 = PR005

NONE.

EGR valve

position

sensor voltage

PR077:

EGR valve
position sensor
voltage
1.09 V

Gives the EGR valve

voltage according to its

position.

– INACTIVE: The valve

is not controlled by the
computer.

– ACTIVE: The valve is

controlled by the
computer.

0.5 V < PR077 < 4.8 V

NONE.

Accelerator

pedal position

PR030:

Accelerator pedal
position
0%

Indicates the

percentage of the pedal

position between no

load and full load

position

PR030 = 0 %

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for faults

DF008 and DF009

Pedal sensor circuit,

track 1 and track 2 and

DF113 "Sensor

reference voltage"

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature
Warm: 90

Gives the coolant

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 80

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR064

"Coolant

temperature".

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-85

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CRUISE CONTROL / SPEED LIMITER SUB-FUNCTION:

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Vehicle speed

PR089:

Vehicle speed

Gives the vehicle speed

in kph. This parameter

is transmitted by the

ABS computer or

vehicle speed ECU.

This information is

transmitted to the

injection on the

multiplex network.

Test the multiplex

network.

Refer to ABS or

vehicle speed ECU

fault finding

Cruise control /

Speed limiter

ET042:

Cruise control -
speed limiter
INACTIVE

Shows the condition of

the controls on the

steering wheel and the

Cruise control/speed

limiter switch.

– INACTIVE: when no

buttons are pressed

– STATE 1: Cruise

control start/stop
button pressed

– STATE 2: Speed

limiter start/stop button
pressed

– STATE 3: Increase

button pressed

– STATE 4: Decrease

button pressed

– STATE 5: Suspend

button pressed

– STATE 6: Resume

button pressed

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

ET042 Cruise control/

speed limiter

interpretation

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-86

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CRUISE CONTROL / SPEED LIMITER (Continued):

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Brake contact

ET012:

Primary brake
contact
INACTIVE

Indicates recognition of

brake pedal contacts

– INACTIVE: Brake

pedal released.

– ACTIVE: Brake pedal

depressed.

In the event of a

problem, refer to state

interpretation ET012

"Main brake contact

ET013:

Secondary brake
contact
INACTIVE

If state ET013 is

incorrect, test the

multiplex network

using the diagnostic

tool.

CLUTCH

CONTACT

ET040:

Clutch pedal
INACTIVE

Indicates recognition of

clutch pedal contacts'

– INACTIVE: Pedal

released.

– ACTIVE: Pedal

depressed.

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

ET040 "clutch pedal"

state interpretation.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-87

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS:

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Battery voltage

PR074:

Battery voltage.

13 V < PR074 < 14 V

In the event of a fault:

perform the charge

circuit fault finding

procedure.

Engine speed

PR055:

Engine speed.
Cold: 900 rpm
Warm: 805 rpm

Gives the engine's

rotational speed in

rpm.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for DF005

Engine speed sensor

circuit.

Accelerator

pedal position

PR030:

Accelerator pedal
position
0%

Gives the position of
the accelerator pedal

as a %.

PR030 = 0 %

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for faults

DF008 and DF009

Pedal sensor circuit,

track 1 and track 2 and

DF113 "Sensor

reference voltage"

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant temperature
Warm: 90

Gives the coolant

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 80

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR064

"Coolant

temperature".

External air

temperature

PR061:

External air
temperature

Gives the external air

temperature in

°°°°

This parameter is

controlled by the

UCH and transmitted

to the injection on

the multiplex

network.

Default value: 20

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for this

fault described in the

UCH document.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-88

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS: (Continued 1)

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Inlet air

temperature

PR059:

Inlet air
temperature
Cold = PR061
Warm: 30

Gives the inlet air

temperature in

°°°°

C. This

information is provided by

the air temperature/pressure

sensor.

Default value: 20

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR059

"Inlet air

temperature".

Fuel

temperature

PR063:

Fuel
temperature
Cold = PR064
Warm: 50

Gives the fuel temperature

°°°°

C. This value is given by

the fuel temperature sensor.

Default value: 30

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for fault

DF098 Fuel

temperature sensor

circuit.

Air circuit

pressure

PR035:

Atmospheric
pressure

Gives the atmospheric

pressure in mbar. The sensor

is incorporated in the

computer.

600 mbar < Cold < 1050 mbar

600 mbar < Warm < 1050 mbar

If not consistent,

check

PR035 = PR032 =

local atmospheric
pressure, with the

engine stopped and

ignition on.

PR032:

Inlet pressure

Shows the pressure in the

inlet circuit in mbar.

PR032 = local

atmospheric pressure

Rail

pressure

PR038:

Rail pressure
Cold: 260 Bar
Warm: 230 Bar

Gives the pressure of the

diesel in the injection rail

in Bar.

This pressure is supplied by

the sensor on the rail.

Default value: 2000 Bar.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for fault

DF007 Rail pressure

sensor circuit.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-89

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

STARTING SUB-FUNCTION:

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Computer

+ after

ignition feed

ET001:

Computer + after
ignition feed
PRESENT

Indicates that the

computer is supplied
with a + after ignition

feed.

– Present
– Absent

In the event of a

problem, carry out the

fault finding

procedure for DF047

"Computer supply

voltage" or DF015

"Main relay circuit".

Starting

ET076:

Starting
AUTHORISED

Indicates whether or

not starting has been

authorised by the

injection

AUTHORISED: The
injection has given

starting authorisation.

PROHIBITED: The

injection has not given

starting authorisation.

If PROHIBITED carry

out a full fault finding

procedure on the

preheating system.

Engine

ET038:

Engine
+ after ignition
feed

Gives the current status

of the engine.

– + after ignition feed
– CRANKING
– RUNNING
– MAINTAINED

SUPPLY: Supply
maintained during
the power latch
phase.

– Stalled: When the

engine has stalled.

– Protected: When a

fault appears or when
the engine speed is
limited to a certain
engine speed.

NONE.

Battery voltage

PR074:

Battery voltage

13 V < PR074 < 14 V

In the event of a fault:

perform the charge

circuit fault finding

procedure.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-90

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

PROTECTION SUB-FUNCTION:

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Immobiliser

ET003:

Immobiliser
INACTIVE

Gives the status of the

immobiliser system.

– INACTIVE: The

injection computer
has recognised the
immobiliser code
transmitted by the
UCH.

– ACTIVE: The

injection computer
does not recognise
the immobiliser code
transmitted by the
UCH.

If ACTIVE, follow the

associated "help"

given in the tool.

Code

programmed

ET006:

Code
programmed
YES

States whether the

immobiliser code has
been programmed by

the computer or not.

– YES: Code

programmed

– NO: Code not

programmed by the
injection computer.

If NO, contact your

Techline.

Battery voltage

PR074:

Battery voltage

13 V < PR074 < 14 V

In the event of a fault:

perform the charge

circuit fault finding

procedure.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-91

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

COLD LOOP SUB-FUNCTION:

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Air

conditioning

present

ET079:

Air conditioning
present
YES

States whether the

vehicle is fitted with air

conditioning or not.

– YES: Air conditioning is

detected by the
injection computer.

– NO: Air conditioning is

not detected by the
injection computer.

If not consistent with

the vehicle

equipment, carry out

the multiplex network

test and apply the

relevant procedure.

Compressor
engagement

request

ET088:

Request to start
compressor
INACTIVE

The injection requests

the UPC (via the

multiplex network) to
start the compressor

– ACTIVE: The multiplex

network should not be
faulty on the Automatic
Transmission, UPC or
UCH systems.
The UCH should
request the injection to
be engaged. The
refrigerant pressure
sensor should not be
faulty. Satisfactory
engine operating
conditions (coolant
temperature, engine
load etc.).

– INACTIVE: One of the

above conditions has
not be fulfilled or no
request has been
made by the driver so
ET004 = NO.

NONE.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-92

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

SUB SYSTEM COLD LOOP (Continuation 1):

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Air conditioning

authorisation

ET004:

Air conditioning
authorised
NO

Non operational

information, designed
solely for fault finding

purposes.

– YES: Satisfactory

engine operating
conditions (coolant
temperature, engine
load etc.). The vehicle
is not in a specific
movement phase (hill
start or stop etc.).

– INACTIVE: One of the

above conditions has
not be fulfilled or no
request has been
made by the driver so
ET088 = INACTIVE.

NONE.

Refrigerant

pressure

PR037:

Refrigerant
pressure.

Gives the value in BAR

for the refrigerant fluid

in the system.

2 Bar < PR037 < 27 Bar

Default value: 0 Bar.

If there is a

problem: apply the

fault finding

procedure for

DF049 "Refrigerant

fluid sensor

circuit". If the fault

persists, replace

the refrigerant

sensor.

Engine speed

PR055:

Engine speed
Cold: 900 rpm
Warm: 805 rpm

Gives the engine's

rotational speed

in rpm.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for

DF005 Engine

speed sensor

circuit.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-93

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

SUBSYSTEM: COLD LOOP (Continuation 2)

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Fast idle speed

request

ET023:

Fast idle speed
request
ABSENT

The UCH requests fast

idle speed from the

injection.

– ABSENT: The UCH

did not make the
request

– PRESENT: The UCH

has made a request

If state ET023 is

incorrect, test the

multiplex network

using the diagnostic

tool. If the test is

correct, refer to UCH

diagnostic.

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature
Warm: 90

Gives the coolant

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 80

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR064

"Coolant

temperature".

Vehicle speed

PR089:

Vehicle speed

Gives the vehicle speed

in kph. This parameter

is transmitted by the

ABS computer or

vehicle speed ECU.

This information is

transmitted to the

injection on the

multiplex network.

Test the multiplex

network.

Refer to ABS or

vehicle speed ECU

fault finding

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-94

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

COLD LOOP SUBSYSTEM (Continuation 3):

*: When climate control is requested with the engine at idle speed and vehicle speed = 0 km/h, ET022

When the UPC no longer receives multiplex injection transmissions the fans operate continuously.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Power

consumed by the

air conditioning

compressor

PR125:

Power used by
the AC
compressor
0 WATT

Gives the power used by the

compressor

NONE.

Fan speed

request *

ET022:

Fan low-speed
request
INACTIVE

The injection requests the

UPC to start the fans.

– INACTIVE: The request is

not made by the injection
because
ET088 = INACTIVE and
ET004 = NO.

– ACTIVE: The request is

made by the injection.
ET088 = ACTIVE and
ET004 = YES. (correct
refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed = 0 km/h or
high coolant temperature).

NONE.

ET021:

High-speed fan
request
INACTIVE

The injection requests the

UPC to start the fans.

– INACTIVE: The request is

not made by the injection
because
ET088 = INACTIVE and
ET004 = NO.

– ACTIVE: The request is

made by the injection.
ET088 = ACTIVE and
ET004 = YES. Refrigerant
pressure > 15 Bar, vehicle
speed = 0 km/h or high
engine coolant temperature.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-95

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

HEATING SUB-FUNCTION:

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature
Warm: 90

Gives the coolant

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 80

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR064

"Coolant

temperature".

Set number

of RCH.

ET111:

Set number of
RCH.
YES- NO

The RCH are controlled

by the UCH. These are

high current consumers.

Consequently, their use

is conditional on the

available power all the

time (alternator power).

The injection checks the

mechanical power

available according to

the engine operating

conditions (torque,

power etc..) to authorise,

limit or stop their use.

(This information is sent

via the CAN network to

the UCH).

NOTE: When the RCH are

operating, the injection

should respond to a

request for fast idle

speed from the UCH.

NONE.

RCH cut off

ET112:

RCH cut off
YES - NO

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-96

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

LPG/FUEL CIRCUIT SUB FUNCTION:

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Fuel

temperature

PR063: Fuel temperature

Cold = PR064
Warm: 50

Gives the fuel

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 30

In the event of a

problem, perform the

fault finding procedure

for fault: DF098 "Fuel

temperature sensor

circuit".

Fuel flow

PR017: Fuel flow

10 < Cold < 2 mg/piston
stroke
4 < Warm < 6 mg/piston
stroke

Shows the fuel flow

injected in mg/

piston stroke for

each injector.

NONE.

Rail

pressure

PR038: Rail pressure

Cold: 260 Bar
Warm: 230 Bar

Gives the pressure of

the diesel in the

injection rail in Bar.

This pressure is

supplied by the

sensor on the rail.

Default value:

2000 Bar.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF007 Rail

pressure sensor

circuit.

Rail

pressure

setpoint

PR008: Rail pressure

specification 375 bar.
(Engine starting pressure
specification).
Cold: 260 Bar
Warm: 230 Bar

Gives a theoretical

pressure value for

optimum engine

operation.

NONE.

Rail

pressure

sensor

voltage

PR080: Rail pressure sensor

voltage

Shows the voltage

delivered by the

computer on the rail

pressure sensor.

0.5 V (0 bar) < PR080

< 4.5 V (1600 bar)

NONE.

Engine

speed

PR055: Engine speed.

Cold: 900 rpm
Warm: 805 rpm

Gives the engine's

rotational speed

in rpm.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding procedure

for DF005 Engine

speed sensor circuit.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-97

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

PRE-HEATING/IGNITION SUBFUNCTION:

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature
Warm: 90

Gives the coolant

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 80

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR064

"Coolant

temperature".

External air

temperature

PR061:

External air
temperature

Gives the external air

temperature in

°°°°

C. This

parameter is controlled

by the UCH and

transmitted to the

injection on the

multiplex network.

Default value: 20

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for this

fault described in the

UCH document.

Inlet air

temperature

PR059:

Inlet air
temperature
Cold = PR061
Warm: 30

Gives the inlet air

temperature in

°°°°

C. This

information is provided

by the air temperature/

pressure sensor.

Default value: 30

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR059

"Inlet air

temperature".

Battery voltage

PR074:

Battery voltage

12 V < PR074 < 14 V

In the event of a fault:

perform the charge

circuit fault finding

procedure.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-98

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

AIR CIRC SUBFUNCTION (TURBOCHARGING/INLET.):

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Inlet air

temperature

PR059: Inlet air temperature

Cold = PR061
Warm: 30

Gives the inlet air

temperature in

°°°°

This information is
provided by the air

temperature/

pressure sensor.

Default value: 30

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation

PR059 "Inlet air

temperature".

Air circuit

pressure

PR035: Atmospheric pressure

Gives the

atmospheric

pressure in mbar.

The sensor is

incorporated in the

computer.

If not consistent,

check

PR035 = PR032 =

local atmospheric

pressure, with the

engine stopped and

ignition on.

PR032: Inlet pressure

Shows the

pressure in the

inlet circuit in

mbar.

Air flow

PR132: Air flow

350 < Cold < 400 mg/piston
stroke
300 < Warm< 350 mg/piston
stroke

Air flow estimated

by the injection

computer.

NONE.

Inlet

temperature

sensor

voltage

PR081: Inlet temperature sensor

voltage

Shows the voltage

delivered by the

computer to supply

the inlet

temperature

sensor

NONE.

Engine

speed

PR055: Engine speed.

Cold: 900 rpm
Warm: 805 rpm

Gives the engine's

rotational speed

in rpm.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for

DF005 Engine

speed sensor

circuit.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-99

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

ENGINE COOLING SUB FUNCTION:

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature
Warm: 90

Gives the coolant

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 80

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR064

"Coolant

temperature".

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-100

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DRIVER PARAMETERS SUB FUNCTION:

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Accelerator

pedal position

PR030:

Accelerator pedal
position
0%

Indicates the

percentage of the pedal

position between no

load and full load

position

0 % < PR030 < 100 %

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for faults

DF008 and DF009

Pedal sensor circuit,

track 1 and track 2 and

DF113 "Sensor

reference voltage"

Pedal

potentiometer
tracks voltage

PR086:

Pedal
potentiometer
track 1 voltage
16 %

Shows the voltage

supply percentage for

tracks 1 and 2 of the

pedal potentiometer.

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for faults

DF008 and DF009

Pedal sensor circuit,

track 1 and track 2 and

DF113 "Sensor

reference voltage"

PR088:

Pedal
potentiometer
track 2 voltage
7 %

10 % < PR086 < 20 %

5 % < PR088 < 15 %

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-101

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD SUBFUNCTION:

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

EGR solenoid

valve control

ET008: EGR solenoid control

INACTIVE

Shows the

condition of the

EGR valve control.

– INACTIVE: The

valve is not
controlled by the
computer.

– ACTIVE: The

valve is controlled
by the computer.

NONE.

Atmospheric

pressure

PR035: Atmospheric pressure

Gives the

atmospheric

pressure in mbar.

The sensor is

incorporated in the

computer.

If not consistent,

check

PR035 = PR032 =

local atmospheric
pressure, with the

engine stopped
and ignition on.

Air flow

PR132: Air flow

350 < Cold < 400 mg/piston
stroke
300 < Warm< 350 mg/piston
stroke

Air flow estimated

by the injection

computer.

NONE.

Fuel flow

PR017: Fuel flow

10 < Cold < 12 mg/piston
stroke
4 < Warm < 6 mg/piston
stroke

Shows the fuel flow

out of the high-

pressure pump in
mg/piston stroke.

NONE.

EGR valve

opening
setpoint

PR005: EGR valve opening setpoint

Warm: 20%

Gives a theoretical

EGR valve opening

value for optimum

engine operation.

NONE.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-102

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD SUBFUNCTION (cont.):

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

EGR valve

position

feedback

PR051:

EGR valve
position feedback
Warm
approximately
20%

Gives the actual value

of the EGR valve

position.

Default value: 30%

NONE.

EGR valve

position

sensor voltage

PR077:

EGR valve
position sensor
voltage

Gives the EGR valve

voltage according to its

position.

– INACTIVE: The valve

is not controlled by the
computer.

– ACTIVE: The valve is

controlled by the
computer.

0.5 V < PR077 < 4.8 V

NONE.

Accelerator

pedal position

PR030:

Accelerator pedal
position
0%

Indicates the

percentage of the pedal

position between no

load and full load

position

0 < PR030 < 100 %

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding

procedure for faults

DF008 and DF009

Pedal sensor circuit,

track 1 and track 2 and

DF113 "Sensor

reference voltage"

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature
Warm: 90

Gives the coolant

temperature in

°°°°

Default value: 80

In the event of a

problem, refer to

parameter

interpretation PR064

"Coolant

temperature".

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-103

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CRUISE CONTROL / SPEED LIMITER SUB-FUNCTION:

NOTES

Only carry out conformity check after a full check using the diagnostic tool.
The values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: Engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Vehicle speed

PR089:

Vehicle speed

Gives the vehicle speed

in kph. This parameter

is transmitted by the

ABS computer or

vehicle speed ECU.

This information is

transmitted to the

injection on the

multiplex network.

Test the multiplex

network.

Refer to ABS or

vehicle speed ECU

fault finding

Cruise control -

speed limiter

ET042:

Cruise control -
speed limiter
INACTIVE

Shows the condition of

the controls on the

steering wheel and the

Cruise control/speed

limiter switch.

– INACTIVE: when no

buttons are pressed

– STATE 1: Cruise

control start/stop
button pressed

– STATE 2: Speed

limiter start/stop button
pressed

– STATE 3: Increase

button pressed

– STATE 4: Decrease

button pressed

– STATE 5: Suspend

button pressed

– STATE 6: Resume

button pressed

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

ET042 Cruise control/

speed limiter

interpretation

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-104

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CRUISE CONTROL / SPEED LIMITER (CONTINUED):

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Brake contact

ET012:

Primary brake
contact
INACTIVE

Indicates recognition of

brake pedal contacts

– INACTIVE: Brake

pedal released.

– ACTIVE: Brake pedal

depressed.

In the event of a

problem, refer to state

interpretation ET012

"Main brake contact".

ET013:

Secondary brake
contact
INACTIVE

If state is incorrect,

test the multiplex

network using the

diagnostic tool ET013

CLUTCH

CONTACT

ET040:

Clutch pedal
INACTIVE

Indicates recognition of

clutch pedal contacts

– INACTIVE: Pedal

released.

– ACTIVE: Pedal

depressed.

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

ET040 "clutch pedal"

state interpretation.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - States and parameter

summary table

13B

13B-105

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - States and parameter

summary table

SUMMARY TABLE OF DDCR INJECTION STATES:

TOOL STATE

Diagnostic tool description

ET001

Computer + after ignition feed

ET003

Immobiliser

ET004

Air conditioning authorised

ET006

Code programmed

ET008

EGR solenoid control

ET012

Primary brake contact

ET013

Secondary brake contact

ET018

Air conditioning request

ET021

High-speed fan request

ET022

Fan low-speed request

ET023

Fast idle speed request

ET038

Engine

ET040

Clutch pedal

ET042

Cruise control - speed limiter

ET076

Starting

ET079

Air conditioning present

ET088

Request to start compressor

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - States and parameter

summary table

13B

13B-106

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

SUMMARY TABLE OF DDCR INJECTION PARAMETERS:

Tool parameter

Diagnostic tool description

PR005

EGR valve opening setpoint

PR008

Rail pressure setpoint

PR010

Rail regulation setting

PR017

Fuel flow

PR030

Accelerator pedal position

PR032

Inlet pressure

PR035

Atmospheric pressure

PR037

Refrigerant pressure

PR038

Rail pressure

PR051

EGR valve position feedback

PR055

Engine speed

PR059

Inlet air temperature

PR061

External air temperature

PR063

Fuel temperature

PR064

Coolant temperature

PR074

Battery voltage

PR077

EGR valve position sensor voltage

PR080

Rail pressure sensor voltage

PR081

Inlet temperature sensor voltage

PR086

Accelerator pedal track 1 voltage

PR088

Accelerator pedal track 2 voltage

PR089

Vehicle speed

PR125

Power used by the AC compressor

PR127

Heating resistor maximum authorised power

PR132

Air flow

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

13B-107

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

ET012

PRIMARY BRAKE CONTACT

NOTES

Special notes: Only carry out the checks if the INACTIVE and ACTIVE states are not
consistent with the position of the pedal.

"INACTIVE" STATE Brake pedal depressed.

If the brake lights operate:
– Check the continuity of the connection between track 1 of the brake light switch and track 30 of the computer

connector.

If the brake lights do not operate:
– Check the condition and fitting of the brake light switch as well as the brake lights fuse.
– Remove the brake pedal switch and check that it is operating correctly:

Continuity between

tracks:

Insulation between tracks:

Switch pressed

(Brake pedal released)

3 and 4

1 and 2

Switch released

(Brake pedal depressed)

1 and 2

3 and 4

– Replace the switch if necessary.
– Check and ensure the presence of + after ignition feed on tracks 2 and 4 on the brake light switch connector.

"ACTIVE" STATE Brake pedal released.

– Check the condition and fitting of the brake light switch as well as the brake lights fuse.
– Remove the brake pedal switch and check that it is operating correctly:

Continuity between

tracks:

Insulation between tracks:

Switch pressed

(Brake pedal released)

3 and 4

1 and 2

Switch released

(Brake pedal depressed)

1 and 2

3 and 4

– Replace the switch if necessary.

– Check and ensure insulation against 12 V on the connection between track 1 of the brake switch connector and

track 30 of the computer connector.

AFTER REPAIR

Perform a road test then a new test with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

13B-108

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

ET040

CLUTCH PEDAL

NOTES

Special notes: Only carry out the checks if the INACTIVE and ACTIVE states are not
consistent with the position of the pedal.

INACTIVE STATE Clutch pedal depressed.

– Check the condition and mounting of the clutch switch.
– Check and ensure the continuity of the connection between track 1 of the clutch switch connector and track C4

of the black 32-track computer connector.

– Check and ensure the presence of earth on track 2 of the clutch switch connector.
Repair if necessary.
– Remove the clutch pedal switch and check that it is operating correctly:

Continuity between

tracks:

Insulation between tracks:

Switch pressed

(Clutch pedal released)

1 and 2

Switch released

(Clutch pedal pressed)

1 and 2

– Replace the switch if necessary.

ACTIVE STATE Clutch pedal released.

– Check the condition and mounting of the clutch switch.
– Remove the clutch pedal switch and check that it is operating correctly:

Continuity between

tracks:

Insulation between tracks:

Switch pressed

(Clutch pedal released)

1 and 2

Switch released

(Clutch pedal pressed)

1 and 2

– Replace the switch if necessary.

– Check and ensure the insulation to earth of the connection between track 1 of the clutch switch connector and

track C4 of the black 32 track computer connector.

AFTER REPAIR

Perform a road test then a new test with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

13B-109

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

ET042

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER

NOTES

Special notes: Only perform the checks if the states are not consistent with the
position of the buttons.

STATE 1 absent, STATE 2, on/off switch pressed (ET042 "INACTIVE").

Check the connections of the cruise control start/stop switch and computer (black 32-track connector). Repair if
necessary.
– Check and ensure the presence of + after ignition on tracks A2 on the cruise control/speed limiter switch

connector.

– Remove and test the operation of the cruise control/speed limiter switch:

Continuity between tracks:

Insulation between tracks:

Switch at rest

A2 and A3 - A2 and B1

Switch in Cruise control

position

A2 and A3

A2 and B1

Switch in speed limiter

position

A2 and B1

A2 and A3

– Replace the switch if necessary.

– Check and ensure the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the connection between

track A3 (cruise control) or B1 (speed limiter) of the switch connector and track A2 (cruise control) or C3 (speed
limiter) of the black 32-track computer connector.

AFTER REPAIR

Perform a road test then a new test with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

13B-110

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

ET042

CONTINUED 1

STATE 1, STATE 2 resting.

Check the connections of the cruise control start/stop switch and computer (black 32-track connector). Repair if
necessary.

– Remove and test the operation of the cruise control/speed limiter switch:

Continuity between tracks:

Insulation between tracks:

Switch at rest

A2 and A3 - A2 and B1

Switch in Cruise control

position

A2 and A3

A2 and B1

Switch in speed limiter

position

A2 and B1

A2 and A3

– Replace the switch if necessary.

– Check and ensure the insulation against 12 V on the connection between track A3 (cruise control) or track B1

(speed limiter) of the cruise control/speed limiter switch connector and track A2 (cruise control) or track C3
(speed limiter) of the black 32-track computer connector.

AFTER REPAIR

Perform a road test then a new test with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

13B-111

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

ET042

CONTINUED 2

NOTES

Special notes: Only perform the checks if the states are not consistent with the
position of the buttons.

Absence STATE 3, STATE 4, STATE 5, STATE 6, button pressed (ET042 "INACTIVE").

– Lock the airbag computer and remove the driver's airbag (refer to the Technical Notes on this subject).
– Check the condition and correct connection of the black 3-track connector beneath the driver's airbag Repair if

necessary.

– Disconnect the 3-track connector and on the switch side, check the resistance value of the switches:

Switches in rest

position

STATE 3:

(Button + pressed)

STATE 4:

(Button - pressed)

STATE 5:

(0 button pressed)

State 6:

(Button R pressed)

R = INFINITY

R = approximately

300

Ω

R = approximately

100

Ω

R = approximately

Ω

R = approximately

900

Ω

If the values are not correct, replace the controls on the steering wheel.

If the values are correct, reconnect the black 3-track connector and take the same measurements from the black
32-track computer connector between tracks D3 and D2.
– If the values do not match test the connection between the engine injection computer’and the rotary switch

under the steering wheel using the relevant wiring diagram (line resistance, short circuit, etc.).

Carry out the necessary repairs.
– If the values are correct, contact your Techline.

AFTER REPAIR

Perform a road test then a new test with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

13B-112

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

ET042

CONTINUED 3

NOTES

Special notes: Only perform the checks if the states are not consistent with the
position of the buttons.

STATE 3, STATE 4, STATE 5, STATE 6, button released.

necessary.

– Disconnect the 3-track connector and on the switch side, check the resistance value of the switches:

Switches in rest

position

STATE 3:

(Button + pressed)

STATE 4:

(Button - pressed)

STATE 5:

(0 button pressed)

State 6:

(Button R pressed)

R = INFINITY

R = approximately

300

Ω

R = approximately

100

Ω

R = approximately

Ω

R = approximately

900

Ω

If the values are not correct, replace the controls on the steering wheel.

under the steering wheel using the relevant wiring diagram (line resistance, short circuit, insulation to earth
etc.).

Carry out the necessary repairs.
– If the values are correct, contact your Techline.

AFTER REPAIR

Perform a road test then a new test with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

13B

13B-113

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

PR059

INLET AIR TEMPERATURE

NOTES

Special notes: Only perform the checks if the parameter is incorrect.

Check the condition of the air temperature - pressure sensor connections.
If necessary replace the sensor.
Measure the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the air temperature - pressure sensor:

Theoretical values: 8950 to 9901

Ω

at - 10

°°°°

7054 to 7784

Ω

at - 5

°°°°

5605 to 6169

Ω

at 0

°°°°

3618 to 3964

Ω

at 10

°°°°

2400 to 2620

Ω

at 20

°°°°

1645 to 1787

Ω

at 30

°°°°

Replace the air temperature - pressure sensor, if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

13B

13B-114

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

PR064

COOLANT TEMPERATURE

NOTES

Special notes: Only perform the checks if the parameter is incorrect.

Check the condition of the coolant temperature sensor connections.
If necessary replace the sensor.
Measure the resistance between tracks 2 and 3 of the coolant temperature sensor.

Theoretical values: 12.46 k

Ω

±±±±

1128

Ω

à -10 ˚C.

2252

Ω

±±±±

112.6

Ω

at 25 ˚C.

811.4

Ω

±±±±

38.4

Ω

at 50 ˚C.

282.6

Ω

±±±±

7.83

Ω

at 80 ˚C.

Replace the air temperature - pressure sensor, if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any faults detected by the diagnostic tool. Clear the computer memory.
Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Dealing with command modes

13B

13B-115

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Fault finding - Dealing with command modes

DELETION:

RZ001: Fault memory.
This command is used to clear faults from the computer memory.

RZ002: EGR parameters
This command must only be used when the EGR valve is replaced.

RZ004: Pressure regulation parameters.
This command must be used when replacing the computer or replacing all four injectors at once It
enables you to rest the injector parameters to zero.

RZ005: Programming.
This command enables you to reinitialise the complete configuration of the computer according to the
vehicle

ACTIVATION:

"CIRCUIT FUEL - LPG CIRCUIT" tab:

AC010: High-pressure pump.
Activating this lets you listen to the operation of the high-pressure pump.

AC005 to C008: Injector cylinders 1 to 4.
Activating this lets you listen to the operation of the injector on the cylinder under consideration

AC028: Static test.
Activating this lets you activate the fault finding procedure for the EGR circuits and the high-pressure
pump.

AC029: High-pressure circuit seal check.
Activating this lets you check that the high-pressure circuit is airtight after a procedure has been
carried out

"IGNITION - PREHEATING" tab:

AC001: Preheating unit.
Activating this lets you control the preheating unit to test the preheating feed to heater plugs.

"ANTIPOLLUTION - OBD" tab:

AC002: EGR solenoid valve.
Activating this lets you listen to the mechanical operation of the EGR valve.

AC028: Static test.
Activating this lets you activate the fault finding procedure for the EGR circuits and the high-pressure
pump.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-116

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Fault finding - Tests

Some specific checks are grouped together into tests and are performed as required in the various fault finding
charts or when interpreting faults.

TEST 1: Low-pressure circuit check

TEST 2: Electrical circuit check

TEST 3: Injector check

TEST 4: Parameter check

TEST 5: air inlet circuit check

TEST 6: Computer check

TEST 7: High-pressure pump check

TEST 8: High-pressure circuit tightness check

TEST 9: Injector leak check.

TEST 10: Test with the plugged rail tool

TEST 11: Injector return flow in starting phase.

NOTES

Only refer to these tests when dealing with a fault finding chart or when
interpreting faults.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-117

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

TEST 1

Low-pressure circuit check

Check the conformity of the low-pressure
circuit connections

Do the low-pressure circuit connections
match?

YES

Look for leaks on the unions.

Are there leaks in the hoses and
unions?

Check the correctness of the diesel filter.

Is the diesel filter correct?

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

Replace the filter with an original part.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-118

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

TEST 1

CONTINUED

Check for water in the diesel filter.

Is there any water in the diesel filter?

Check for air bubbles in the diesel.

Are there any air bubbles in the low-pressure
circuit?

Low-pressure circuit correct.

YES

Drain the diesel filter.

YES

Bleed the low-pressure circuit.
Place a container under the filter:
– Disconnect the return hose at the filter

and block the filter.

– Pump using the priming unit until there

is no air left.

– Reconnect the return hose immediately.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-119

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

TEST 2

Electrical circuit check

Check the battery charge and ensure that the
alternator is working properly.

Is the charge circuit correct?

YES

Check the fuses.

Are the fuses correct?

YES

Check that the main injection relay is working
properly.

Is the main injection relay working properly?

YES

Test the engine earths.

Are the engine earths correct?

YES

The electrical circuit is correct.

Carry out the required repairs.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-120

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

TEST 3

Injector check

Make a visual inspection around the injector
wells.

Is there diesel around the injector wells?

Control the injectors via commands AC005,
AC006, AC007, AC008.

Can you hear the valve moving?

YES

Compare the return flow of the four injectors
when hot using a measuring cylinder.
See TEST 9.

Does one of the four injectors have a greater
return flow than the others?

YES

Leak from injector ceramic part, replace
the injector.

Replace the faulty injector(s).

YES

Replace the injector with an unusually
high return flow (leak at the valve).

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-121

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

TEST 3

CONTINUED

Disconnect cylinder no. 1 injector.

Is there a noticeable change in engine noise?

YES

Reconnect cylinder no. 1 injector.
Carry out the same tests on the other
cylinders to identify a possible faulty injector.

Replace the cylinder no. 1 injector.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-122

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

TEST 4

Parameter check

Using the diagnostic tool, check that the C2I
code is correctly filled in on the identification
screen.

Is the C2I code properly filled in?

YES

Check that the engine parameters are
consistent in the different injection sub
functions.

Use the diagnostic tool to program the C21
code, paying attention to the cylinder
numbers.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-123

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

TEST 5

Air inlet circuit check

Check for the presence of a leak/intake of air.

Presence of a leak/intake of air?

Check the condition of the air filter.

Air filter correct?

YES

Check that the inlet manifold is not
obstructed (dirty).

Is the inlet manifold obstructed?

Air circuit correct.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

Replace the air filter.

YES

Clean the inlet manifold.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-124

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

TEST 6

Computer check

Check that the computer connectors are
locked correctly.

Are the connectors poorly locked?

Contact your Techline.

YES

Lock the connectors correctly.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-125

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

TEST 7

High-pressure pump check

NOTES

Special notes: Certain faults make it impossible to carry out this test, deal with them
first.
IMPORTANT: It is useless and dangerous to engage the starter motor for more
that 5 seconds.

It is possible to check the flow of the high-pressure pump as follows:
– With the ignition off, disconnect the low-pressure actuator connector (brown IMV connector) and connect the test

adapter supplied with the plugged rail tool.

– Disconnect the TDC sensor connector and the cylinder reference sensor connector.
– Disconnect the rail pressure sensor connector and connect the display supplied with the plugged rail tool.
– Switch on the ignition and electrically disconnect the four injectors.
– Brake and press the "START" button. Release the brake pedal after5 seconds to prevent the starter motor

from activating.

The rail pressure is higher than 1050 bars?

Check the diesel fuel in the diesel filter
– Disconnect the diesel supply and return hoses from

the filter. Block the filter inlets and outlets straight
away with appropriate plugs.

– Remove the filter from its support and shake it well

keeping the plugs in place and empty the contents of
the filter into a glass container by lifting up a
protective plug and undoing the bleed screw.

Is there residue visible in the bottom of the
container?

YES

Replace the entire injection
system.

YES

The pump is correct, carry out a fault
finding procedure on the injectors
by checking the return flow on the
4 injectors.
(see TEST 9 injector leak check).

Carry out a fault finding procedure on
the injectors by checking the return flow
of the four injectors.
(see TEST 9 injector leak check).

Is test 9 correct?

YES

Replace the high-
pressure pump.

Replace the faulty
injector(s)

IMPORTANT:

ANY + AFTER IGNITION SUPPLY CUT OFF ON THE VEHICLE CAUSES THE TEST TO FAIL. IT WILL BE
NECESSARY TO RECONNECT THE INJECTORS AND RESTART THE PROCEDURE (INJECTOR CIRCUIT
FAULTS SEEN WHEN THE + AFTER IGNITION SUPPLY IS RESTORED PREVENT A STARTING PHASE).

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-126

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

There is a command that performs a leak test on the high-pressure circuit when the engine is running.
This command can detect a leak on the high-pressure circuit if a union is improperly fitted or bolted, but cannot detect
a small leak if a union is not torque tightened.
This command can only be used if the engine temperature is above 60˚C.

Use the command AC029 High-pressure circuit seal check, the engine will carry out automatically a cycle of
four accelerations to increase the rail pressure; check for leaks in the high pressure circuit.

Be careful with any objects (tools or others on the engine housing during the four cycles of the operation
(possible vibrations).

The AC029 command also allows to check the leakage loss of each injector in order to detect internal injector
leakage.

PROCEDURE

– Make sure the engine coolant temperature is above 60 ˚C.
– Switch off the ignition.
– Disconnect the return pipes of the four injectors.
– Connect four transparent pipes with an inner diameter of 4 mm and a length of 50 cm instead of the return

pipes. Submerge the four pipes in four graduated measuring cylinders (or use the injector return circuit
measuring tool supplied with the plugged rail tool).

Having carried out these preparations, start the engine, then let it run for 2 minutes at idle speed.

Activate the command AC029 High-pressure circuit seal check, the engine will carry out automatically a cycle of
four accelerations to increase the rail pressure; check for internal leaks in the injector return circuit.

When the cycle has ended, run it again to obtain a correct reading of the flow from each injector.
At the end of the two cycles, the flow from each injector should be 35 ml. If the flow of one of the injectors is greater
than 35 ml, replace the faulty injector.

Be careful with any objects (tools or others on the engine housing during the four cycles of the operation
(possible vibrations).

TEST 8

High-pressure circuit leak check

NOTES

Special notes: Certain faults make it impossible to carry out this test, deal with them
first.

TEST 9

Injector leak check

NOTES

Special notes: Certain faults make it impossible to carry out this test, deal with them
first.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-127

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

High-pressure is checked using the plugged rail tool. It is possible to check the high-pressure pump during the
starting phase. This test gives an accurate diagnosis.

Make sure that the starting circuit is working correctly (minimum speed 200 rpm).

NOTE:
Before carrying out any work, connect the diagnostic tool, establish dialogue with the injection computer and ensure
that the injection rail pressure is less than 50 bar (see parameters screen). The pressure can also be read directly
via the display supplied with the plugged rail tool (connect with ignition switched off).
Order the special high-pressure injection circuit plug kit.

Fit the plugged rail tool

Ignition off.
Remove the pump/rail high pressure pipe (see operation in the Workshop Repair Manual).
Invert the position of the pipe and refit immediately between the pump and the plugged rail.
insert the test pipe olive into the high-pressure pump outlet taper and finger tighten.
insert the test pipe olive into the inlet taper of the "plugged rail" tool and finger tighten.
Tighten the pipe union on the "plugged rail" side to a torque of 2 daNm.
Tighten the pipe union on the pump side to a torque of 2 daNm,
On the body of the plugged rail, make sure the drain screw is tightened.
The tool is fitted with a pipe and and a fuel catch can. Before testing, connect them to the plugged rail filling pipe.

WARNING
The tightening torque is deliberately low to avoid damage to the "plugged rail" tool.

PROCEDURE:

IMPORTANT: It is useless and dangerous to engage the starter motor for more that 5 seconds.

During the test, the pump should deliver a starting pressure of about 1050 bar.

If the pressure value is less than 1050 bar, the pump is faulty.

NOTE:
Before removal of any item, depressurise using the discharge screw on the "plugged rail" tool.

TEST 10

Test with plugged rail tool

NOTES

Special notes: Certain faults make it impossible to carry out this test, deal with them
first.
IMPORTANT: It is useless and dangerous to engage the starter motor for more
that 5 seconds.

2
3
4
5

– With the ignition off, disconnect the low-pressure actuator connector (brown IMV connector)

and connect the test adapter supplied with the plugged rail tool.

– Disconnect the TDC sensor connector and the cylinder reference sensor connector.
– Connect the display supplied with the plugged rail to the plugged rail sensor.
– Switch on the ignition and electrically disconnect the four injectors.
– Brake and press the "START" button. Release the brake pedal after5 seconds to prevent the

starter motor from activating.

– Read the value displayed.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-128

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Removing the plugged rail tool

Reconnect the four injectors.
Reconnect the TDC sensor and the cylinder reference sensor.
Reconnect the low pressure actuator to the pump (IMV brown connector).
Bleed the plugged rail et check that the pressure in close to 1 bar.
Remove the high-pressure test pipe.
Block the high-pressure pump outlet and rail inlet, while preparing the new high-pressure pipe.
Refit the new pump/rail high pressure pipe (see operation in the Workshop Repair Manual).
Discard used pipe.

TEST 10

CONTINUED

IMPORTANT
ANY + AFTER IGNITION SUPPLY CUT OFF ON THE VEHICLE CAUSES THE TEST TO FAIL. IT WILL BE
NECESSARY TO RECONNECT THE INJECTORS AND RESTART THE " PLUGGED RAIL" TOOL FITTING
PROCEDURE (INJECTOR CIRCUIT FAULTS SEEN WHEN THE + AFTER IGNITION SUPPLY IS RESTORED
PREVENT A STARTING PHASE).

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Tests

13B

13B-129

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

In the event the engine does not start, only the static leak can be measured, that is the leak with the injector closed,
inactive and not subject to any high pressure.

Make sure that the starting circuit is working correctly (minimum speed 200 rpm).

Tooling required:

It is essential to use four transparent hoses with an internal diameter of 4 mm and
approximately 50 cm long. These pipes equiped with catch cans are supplied with the
plugged rail kit.

PROCEDURE:

IMPORTANT: It is useless and dangerous to engage the starter motor for more that 5 seconds.

Replace the injector(s) whose leak return is greater than 10 cm.

TEST 11

Injector return flow in starting phase.

NOTES

Special notes: Certain faults make it impossible to carry out this test, deal with them
first.
IMPORTANT: It is useless and dangerous to engage the starter motor for more
that 5 seconds.

1
2
3
4

6
7
8

– Switch off the ignition.
– Disconnect the four injector return pipes.
– Fit a plug in the pump venturi tube to prevent the low-pressure circuit from depriming.
– Connect the four transparent pipes with an inner diameter of 4 mm and a length of

approximately 50 cm (or use the measuring tool measure the injector returns supplied with the
plugged rail tool).

– Disconnect the low-pressure actuator connector (brown IMV connector) and connect the test

adapter supplied with the plugged rail tool.

– Disconnect the TDC sensor connector and the cylinder reference sensor connector.
– Switch on the ignition and electrically disconnect the four injectors.
– Brake and press the "START" button. Release the brake pedal after5 seconds to prevent the

starter motor from activating.

– Measure the amount of diesel in each pipe.

IMPORTANT
ANY + AFTER IGNITION SUPPLY CUT OFF ON THE VEHICLE CAUSES THE TEST TO FAIL. IT WILL BE
NECESSARY TO RECONNECT THE INJECTORS AND RESTART THE PROCEDURE (INJECTOR CIRCUIT
FAULTS SEEN WHEN THE + AFTER IGNITION SUPPLY IS RESTORED PREVENT A STARTING PHASE).

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Customer complaints

13B

13B-130

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Fault finding - Customer complaints

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the
diagnostic tool.

No dialogue with the computer

CHART 1

Starting fault

The engine does not start

CHART 2

The engine starts with difficulty or starts then stalls

CHART 3

Starting difficult with warm engine

CHART 4

Idle speed fault

Rough idle speed (pumping)

CHART 5

IDLE SPEED TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW

CHART 6

Behaviour while driving

Unexpected acceleration/deceleration and engine racing

CHART 7

Hesitation when accelerating

CHART 8

Engine stops / stalls

CHART 9

Engine jerking

CHART 10

Lack of power

CHART 11

Too much power

CHART 12

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Customer complaints

13B

13B-131

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Road holding (continued)

Excessive consumption

CHART 13

Overspeed when lifting off accelerator or changing gear

CHART 14

Engine dies when pulling away

CHART 15

The engine does not stop

CHART 16

Noise, odours or smoke

Clanking engine, noisy engine

CHART 17

Squalling noise

CHART 18

General mechanical noises

CHART 19

Blue, white or black smoke

CHART 20

Exhaust odours

CHART 21

Diesel odours

CHART 22

Smoke (blue, white or black) on acceleration

CHART 23

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-132

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

Fault finding - Fault charts

CHART 1

No dialogue with the computer

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Ensure that the diagnostic tool is not causing the fault by trying to establish dialogue with a computer on
another vehicle. If the tool is not at fault, and dialogue cannot be established with any other computer on the
same vehicle, the cause could be a faulty computer interfering on the multiplex network.
Check the voltage of the battery and carry out the operations necessary to obtain a voltage which is to
specification (9.5 volts < U battery < 17.5 volts).

Perform fault finding on the multiplex network using the diagnostic tool.

Check the presence and the condition of the injection fuses on the UPC and in the engine fuse box.
Check the connection and condition of the computer connectors.
Check the injection computer earths (quality, corrosion, tightening of earth bolts on the battery terminal).
Check that the computer is correctly supplied:

– Earth on tracks G1 and H1 of the grey 32 track connector C.
– + before ignition feed on tracks G2 and H2 of the grey 32 track connector C.
– + after ignition feed on track D1 of the black 32-track connector A.

Ensure that the diagnostic socket is correctly supplied:

– +Before ignition feed on track 16.
– + after ignition feed on track 1.
– Earth on tracks 4 and 5.

Contact your Techline if dialogue has still not been established after these various checks.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-133

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 2

The engine does not start

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check that the fuel tank is correctly filled and
that the fuel type is suitable.

Is the fuel type suitable and the tank correctly
filled?

YES

Is the starter working properly?

YES

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.

Check for leaks in the high-pressure circuit.

Check the electric circuit using TEST 2.

Refill the fuel tank correctly.

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-134

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 2

CONTINUED 1

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) blocked?

Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?

Check that the heater plugs are working
properly.

Is the heater plug resistance above 1

Ω

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Replace the heater plugs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-135

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 2

CONTINUED 2

Are the compressions correct?

YES

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Check the high pressure pump by carrying
out TEST 7.

Carry out an injector return test in starting
phase using TEST 11.

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-136

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 3

The engine starts with difficulty or starts then stalls

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check that the fuel tank is correctly filled and
that the fuel type is suitable.

Is the fuel type suitable and the tank correctly
filled?

YES

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.

Check for leaks in the high-pressure circuit.

Check the electric circuit using TEST 2.

Refill the fuel tank correctly.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-137

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 3

CONTINUED 1

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) blocked?

Is the engine oil level correct?

YES

Is the catalytic converter clogged or
damaged?

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

Top up the oil.

YES

Replace the catalytic converter.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-138

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 3

CONTINUED 2

Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?

Check that the heater plugs are working
properly.

Is the heater plug resistance above 1

Ω

Are the compressions correct?

YES

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Replace the heater plugs.

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-139

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 4

Starting difficult with warm engine

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 2.

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) blocked?

Are the compressions correct?

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-140

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 4

CONTINUED

Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-141

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 5

Rough idle speed (pumping)

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?

Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) blocked?

Check for leaks in the high-pressure circuit.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-142

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 5

CONTINUED

Check that the heater plugs are working
properly.

Is the heater plug resistance above 1

Ω

Are the compressions correct?

YES

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Check the high pressure pump by carrying
out TEST 7.

End of fault finding.

YES

Replace the heater plugs.

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-143

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 6

Idle speed too high/too low

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check the electric circuit using TEST 2.

Is the clutch linkage properly adjusted?

YES

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-144

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 7

Unexpected acceleration/deceleration and engine racing

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil
(engine stalls).

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-145

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 7

CONTINUED

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-146

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 8

Hesitation when accelerating

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check that the turbocharger is working
properly.

Is the turbocharger correct?

YES

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.

Are the compressions correct?

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-147

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 8

CONTINUED

Check for leaks in the high-pressure circuit.

Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) blocked?

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-148

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 9

Engine stops / stalls

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check that the fuel tank is correctly filled and
that the fuel type is suitable.

Is the fuel type suitable and the tank correctly
filled?

YES

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.

Check for leaks in the high-pressure circuit.

Check the electric circuit using TEST 2.

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Refill the fuel tank correctly.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-149

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 9

CONTINUED 1

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) blocked?

Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?

Is the catalytic converter clogged or
damaged?

Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil
(engine stalls).

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Replace the catalytic converter.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-150

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 9

CONTINUED 2

Check the high pressure pump by carrying
out TEST 7.

Carry out an injector return test in starting
phase using TEST 11.

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-151

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 10

Engine jerking

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check that the fuel tank is correctly filled and
that the fuel type is suitable.

Is the fuel type suitable and the tank correctly
filled?

YES

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?

Refill the fuel tank correctly.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-152

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 10

CONTINUED

Check that the heater plugs are working
properly.

Is the heater plug resistance above 1

Ω

Are the compressions correct?

YES

Is the valve clearance properly adjusted?

YES

Check the high pressure pump by carrying
out TEST 7.

Carry out an injector return test in starting
phase using TEST 11.

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

YES

Replace the heater plugs.

Carry out the required repairs.

Make the necessary adjustments.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-153

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 11

Lack of power

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Is the engine oil level correct?

YES

Is the catalytic converter clogged or
damaged?

Check that the turbocharger is working
properly.

Is the turbocharger correct?

Top up the oil.

YES

Replace the catalytic converter.

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-154

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 11

CONTINUED

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Are the compressions correct?

YES

Is the valve clearance properly adjusted?

YES

End of fault finding.

Carry out the required repairs.

Make the necessary adjustments.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-155

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 12

Too much power

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil
(engine stalls).

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-156

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 13

Excessive consumption

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.

Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) leaking?

Is the diesel temperature sensor leaking?

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Check for leaks in the high-pressure circuit.

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Replace the diesel temperature sensor.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-157

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 13

CONTINUED 1

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Is the engine oil level correct?

YES

Is the catalytic converter clogged or
damaged?

Check that the turbocharger is working
properly.

Is the turbocharger correct?

YES

Are the compressions correct?

YES

Top up the oil.

YES

Replace the catalytic converter.

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-158

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 13

CONTINUED 2

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-159

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 14

Overspeed when lifting off accelerator or changing gear

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?

Is the clutch linkage properly adjusted?

YES

Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil
(engine stalls).

Check that the turbocharger is working
properly.

Is the turbocharger correct?

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-160

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 14

CONTINUED

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-161

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 15

Engine dies when pulling away

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 2.

Is the catalytic converter clogged or
damaged?

Is the clutch linkage properly adjusted?

YES

Replace the catalytic converter.

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-162

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 15

CONTINUED

Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?

Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) blocked?

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-163

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 16

The engine does not stop

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil
(engine stalls).

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-164

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 17

Clanking engine, noisy engine

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Check that the heater plugs are working
properly.

Is the heater plug resistance above 1

Ω

Are the compressions correct?

YES

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.

YES

Replace the heater plugs.

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-165

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 17

CONTINUED

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

End of fault finding.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-166

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 18

Squalling noise

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?

Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) blocked?

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-167

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 19

General mechanical noises

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check that the injectors are not making a
buzzing noise (injector discharge).

Are the mounting clips on the injector pipes
broken or missing?

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Is the catalytic converter clogged or
damaged?

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Replace the catalytic converter.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-168

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 19

CONTINUED

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Is the clutch linkage properly adjusted?

YES

Check that the turbocharger is working
properly.

Is the turbocharger correct?

YES

Is the valve clearance properly adjusted?

YES

End of fault finding.

Carry out the required repairs.

Make the necessary adjustments.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-169

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 20

Exhaust odours

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil
(engine stalls).

Check that the turbocharger is working
properly.

Is the turbocharger correct?

YES

Is the engine oil level correct?

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

Top up the oil.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-170

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 20

CONTINUED

Is the catalytic converter clogged or
damaged?

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

YES

Replace the catalytic converter.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-171

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 21

Diesel odours

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.

Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) leaking?

Is the diesel temperature sensor leaking?

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Check for leaks in the high-pressure circuit.

End of fault finding.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Replace the diesel temperature sensor.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-172

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 22

Blue, white or black smoke

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Is the high-pressure actuator (IMV) blocked?

Is the engine oil level correct?

YES

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.

Is the catalytic converter clogged or
damaged?

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

Top up the oil.

YES

Replace the catalytic converter.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-173

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 22

CONTINUED

Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil
(engine stalls).

Check that the heater plugs are working
properly.

Is the heater plug resistance above 1

Ω

Are the compressions correct?

YES

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

End of fault finding.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Replace the heater plugs.

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-174

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 23

Smoke (blue, white or black) on acceleration

NOTES

Only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the diagnostic tool

Check the engine parameters using TEST 4.

Check the air inlet circuit using TEST 5.

Check the low-pressure circuit using TEST 1.

Is the engine oil level correct?

YES

Check that the turbocharger is working
properly.

Is the turbocharger correct?

YES

Top up the oil.

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-175

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 23

CONTINUED 1

Is the catalytic converter clogged or
damaged?

Check that the engine has not aspirated its oil
(engine stalls).

Check that the heater plugs are working
properly.

Is the heater plug resistance above 1

Ω

Are the compressions correct?

YES

Check for leaks in the high-pressure circuit.

YES

Replace the catalytic converter.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

YES

Replace the heater plugs.

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault charts

13B

13B-176

DDCR INJECTION

PROGRAM no.: BE88

VDIAG No.: 44

CHART 23

CONTINUED 2

Is the engine wiring harness cut or pinched?

Test the injectors using TEST 3.

Test the computer using TEST 6.

End of fault finding.

YES

Carry out the required repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

K9K044 X 84 1.0

Edition 2

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-1

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

113B

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

1. SCOPE OF THE DOCUMENT

This document presents the fault finding method applicable to all computers with the following specifications:

2. PREREQUISITES FOR FAULT FINDING

To begin fault finding, it is essential to have the following items available:

Standard documentation:

Fault finding procedures (this manual):
– Assisted fault finding (incorporated into the diagnostic tool), Workshop Repair Manual, computer tool

and Dialogys.

Wiring diagrams:
– Computer tool: Visu Schéma (CD-ROM), hard copy.

Diagnostic tool type:

– The CLIP diagnostic tool is used with the Bornéo application program.

Special tooling required:

3. REMINDERS

Procedure:

To run diagnostics on the vehicle's computers, switch on the ignition in fault finding mode (+ after ignition forced
setting).

Proceed as follows:

– Renault card on the card holder (keyless vehicle scenario 1, basic, not hands-free and scenario 2, top of the

range, hands-free),

– Press and hold start button (longer than 5 seconds) with start-up conditions not fulfilled,
– Connect the diagnostic tool and perform the required operations.

Vehicle(s): Mégane type B and C for
turbocharged F9Q engines.

Function concerned: BOSCH
common rail diesel injection (Dci)

Computer name: INJECTION EDC 16

Program No.: 9X

VDIAG N

: 44 and 48

IMPORTANT:
From now on, the use of the NXR tool on Mégane is prohibited.
In addition, the XR25 and Optima 5800 tools are no longer used either.

SPECIAL TOOLING REQUIRED

Multimeter.

Dedicated interface unit Part No. Elé. 1674
Fault finding computer Part No. Elé. 1681

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-2

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

To cut off + after ignition, proceed as follows:
– Disconnect the diagnostic tool,
– Press the start button twice briefly (less then 3 seconds),
– Ensure that the + after ignition feed has been cut off by checking that the computer warning lights on the instrument

panel have gone out.

Faults:

The present or stored state of faults should be taken into consideration when the diagnostic tool is used after the
+ after ignition feed (without acting on the system components).

For a present fault , apply the method described in the Interpretation of faults section.

For a stored fault, note the faults displayed and apply the Notes section.

If the fault is confirmed when the instructions in the Notes section are applied, the fault is present. Deal with the
fault

If the fault is not confirmed, check:

– the electrical lines which correspond to the fault,
– the connectors on these lines (corrosion, bent pins, etc.),
– the resistance of the faulty component,
– the condition of the wires (melted or cut insulation, wear).

Conformity check

The conformity check is designed to check the states and parameters which do not display any faults on the
diagnostic tool when inconsistent. This phase therefore allows:

– Diagnoses of faults that do not have a fault display, and which may correspond to a customer complaint.
– Checks to ensure that the system is operating correctly and that there is no risk of a fault reappearing after

repairs.

This section gives the fault finding procedures for states and parameters and the conditions for checking them.

Customer complaints - Fault finding chart

If the test with the diagnostic tool is OK, but the customer complaint persists, the problem should be treated by
customer complaints.

Note:
The left-hand and right-hand Xenon bulb computers are powered when the dipped headlights are lit. Fault
finding procedures can only be carried out on them after the ignition has been switched on in fault finding
mode (+ after ignition forced setting) and the dipped headlights are on.

A synopsis of the general procedure to follow is provided on the following page in
the form of a logic flow chart.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-3

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

4. FAULT FINDING PROCEDURE

Check the battery charge and

condition of the fuses

Print the system fault finding log

(available in CLIP or in the

Workshop Repair Manual or

Technical Note)

Connect CLIP

Dialogue with

computer?

yes

Read faults

Faults present

yes

Deal with faults found

Deal with stored faults

The symptom

persists

Fault
solved

yes

See CHART 1

Conformity check

The symptom

persists

Fault
solved

Use the CHARTS (fault finding

charts)

The symptom

persists

Fault
solved

Contact Techline with the

completed fault finding log

Edition 3

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-4

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

5. FAULT FINDING LOG

You will always be asked for this report:

●

When requesting technical assistance from the Techline.

●

For certification requests, when replacing parts that must be certified.

●

Which must be attached to monitored parts for which reimbursement is requested. It is therefore used to decide
whether a reimbursement will be made under warranty and leads to improved analysis of the removed parts.

6. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

All work on components requires that the safety rules be obeyed to prevent damage or injury:
– Make sure the battery is properly charged to avoid damaging the computers with a low charge.
– Use the proper tools.

7. CLEANLINESS INSTRUCTIONS WHICH MUST BE FOLLOWED WHEN WORKING ON THE HIGH-

PRESSURE DIRECT INJECTION SYSTEM

Risks relating to contamination

The system is very sensitive to contamination. The risks caused by the introduction of contamination are:
damage to or destruction of the high-pressure injection system and the engine, seizing or incorrect sealing of a
component.

All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. Performing an operation in a very clean
environment means that no impurities (particles a few microns in size) will have been able to enter the system during
dismantling or into the circuits via the fuel unions.

The cleanliness guidelines must be applied from the filter through to the injectors.

WARNING!

WARNING:
All problems involving a complex system call for thorough diagnostics with the appropriate tools.
The FAULT FINDING LOG, which should be completed during the fault finding procedure,
ensures a record is kept of the procedure carried out. It is an essential item when discussing the
fault with the constructor.

IT IS THEREFORE COMPULSORY TO FILL OUT A FAULT FINDING SHEET EVERY

TIME A FAULT FINDING OPERATION IS PERFORMED.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

List of monitored parts: Computer

FAULT FINDING LOG

System: Injection

Page 1 / 2

●

Administrative identification

Date:

Sheet completed by:

VIN:

Engine

Diagnostic tool

CLIP

Version

●

Customer complaint

579

Does not start - fault

570

Stalls - difficult to start when

cold

571

Stalls - difficult to start when

warm

586

Difficult to start

572

Idle - engine speed unsteady

574

Jerking - flat spots

573

Lack of power

520

Abnormal noise, vibrations

576

Smoke - exhaust odours

569

Difficult to start

Other

Your comments

●

Conditions under which the customer complaint occurs

001

When cold

005

While driving

008

When decelerating

002

When warm

006

When changing gear

009

Sudden breakdown

003

When stationary

007

When accelerating

010

Gradual deterioration

004

Intermittently

Other

Your comments

●

Documentation used in fault finding

Fault finding procedure

Type of fault finding manual:

Workshop Repair Manual:

Technical Note

Assisted fault finding

Fault Finding Manual No.:

Wiring diagram used

Wiring Diagram Technical Note No.:

Other documentation

Title and/or part no.:

FD 01

Fault finding log

page to print or photocopy - page to print or photocopy - page to print or photocopy

To be read with the diagnostic tool (Identification screen):

FAULT FINDING LOG

System: Injection

Page 2 / 2

●

Identification of computer and system parts exchanged

Part 1 part no.

Part 2 part no.

Part 3 part no.

Part 4 part no.

Part 5 part no.

Computer part no.

Supplier no.

Program no.

Software version

Calibration no.:

VDIAG

●

Faults found with the diagnostic tool

Fault no.

Present

Stored

Fault title

Specification

●

Conditions when fault occurs

State or parameter no.

Name of parameter

Value

Unit

●

System-specific information

Description:

●

Additional information

What factors led you to replace the
computer?
What other parts were replaced?

Other faulty functions?

Your comments

FD 01

Fault finding log

page to print or photocopy - page to print or photocopy - page to print or photocopy

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

113B

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

7. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONTINUED):

What are the sources of contamination?

Contamination is caused by:

– metal or plastic chips,
– paint,
– fibres: of cardboard,

from brushes,
from paper,
from clothing,
from cloths,

– foreign bodies such as hair,
– ambient atmosphere,
– etc.

IMPORTANT
Before working on the injection system, ensure that the system pressure is close to 0 bar.

WARNING
It is not possible to clean the engine using a high-pressure washer because of the risk of damaging
connections. In addition, moisture may collect in the connectors and cause electrical connection faults.

Instructions to be followed before any work is carried out on the injection system:

Ensure that you have the plugs for the unions to be opened (bag of plugs available from the Parts Stores, Part
no.: 77 01 206 804). Plugs are to be used once only. After use, they must be thrown away (once used they are
soiled and cleaning is not sufficient to make them reusable). Unused plugs must be thrown away.

Ensure that you have hermetically resealable plastic bags for storing removed parts. There is less risk of parts
stored in this way being exposed to contamination. The bags must be used only once, and after use they must
be thrown away.

Make sure that lint-free towelettes are available (part number 77 11 211 707). The use of a normal cloth or
paper for cleaning purposes is prohibited. They are not lint-free and may contaminate the fuel circuit of the
system. A lint-free cloth should only be used once.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-7

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Instructions to be followed before opening the fuel circuit

Use new thinner for each operation (used thinner contains impurities). Pour it into a clean receptacle.

For each operation, use a clean brush in good condition (the brush must not shed its bristles).

Use a brush and thinners to clean the connections to be opened.

Blow compressed air over the cleaned parts (tools, cleaned the same way as the parts, connections and
injection system zone). Check that no bristles remain adhering.

Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.

When wearing leather protective gloves, cover them with latex gloves.

Instructions to be followed during the operation

As soon as the circuit is open, all openings must be plugged to prevent impurities from entering the system. The
plugs to be used are available from the Parts Stores. They must not, under any circumstances, be reused.

Close the resealable bag, even if it has to be reopened shortly afterwards. The ambient atmosphere carries
impurities.

All components removed from the injection system must be stored in a hermetically sealed plastic bag once the
plugs have been inserted.

The use of a brush, thinner, bellows, sponge or normal cloth is strictly prohibited once the circuit has been
opened. These items are likely to allow contaminants to enter the system.

If a component is being replaced, the new component must not be removed from its packaging until it is ready to
be fitted to the vehicle.

8. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS:

Switch on the vehicle ignition

To run fault finding on the vehicle computers, proceed as follows:

●

Renault card in the card holder (keyless vehicle scenario 1 (entry level, not hands-free) and scenario 2 (top of
the range, hands-free))

●

Press "start" button and hold (more than 5 seconds) with start-up conditions not fulfilled

●

Then connect the diagnostic tool and perform the required operations

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-8

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

1. SYSTEM OPERATION

The high-pressure injection system is designed to deliver a precise quantity of diesel to the engine at a specific time.

It is fitted with a 112-track BOSCH EDC16 computer.

The system consists of:

– a priming pump on the low-pressure circuit,
– a diesel filter,
– a high-pressure pump combined with a low-pressure pump (transfer pump),
– a high-pressure regulator mounted on the pump,
– an injector rail,
– a dedicated rail diesel pressure sensor,
– four solenoid injectors,
– a diesel temperature sensor,
– a coolant temperature sensor,
– an upstream air temperature sensor,
– a cylinder reference sensor,
– an engine speed sensor,
– a turbocharging pressure sensor,
– an accelerometer,
– an exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve,
– an accelerator pedal potentiometer,
– an atmospheric pressure sensor incorporated into the injection computer,
– an injection computer,
– a flowmeter,
– a wastegate solenoid valve,
– a damper flap solenoid valve.

The common rail high-pressure direct injection system works sequentially (based on the operation of multipoint
injection for petrol engines).

This new injection system reduces operating noise, reduces the volume of pollutant gases and particles and
produces high engine torque at low engine speeds thanks to a pre-injection procedure.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-9

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

13B-10

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

a) The computer:
It determines the value of injection pressure necessary for the engine to operate correctly and then controls the
pressure regulator. It checks that the pressure value is correct by analysing the value transmitted by the pressure
sensor located on the rail.
It determines the injection time necessary to deliver the right quantity of diesel and the moment when injection should
start,
It controls each injector electrically and individually after determining these two values.

The injected flow to the engine is determined by:

– the duration of injector control,
– the rail pressure (regulated by the computer),
– the injector opening and closing speed,
– the needle travel (determined by a constant for the type of injector),
– the nominal hydraulic flow of the injector (specific to each injector).

The computer controls:

– idle speed regulation,
– the exhaust gas flow reinjected into the inlet,
– the fuel supply (delivery, flow and rail pressure),
– the fan assembly via the Protection and Switching Unit (centralised coolant temperature management

function),

– the air conditioning (cold loop function),
– the cruise control-speed limiter function,
– pre/post heating,
– the warning lights via the multiplex network.

The high-pressure pump is supplied at low-pressure by an integrated low-pressure pump (transfer pump).
It supplies the rail the pressure in which is controlled for charging by the flow actuator and for discharging by the
injector valves. Drops in pressure may also be compensated for. The flow actuator allows the high-pressure pump to
supply the exact quantity of diesel fuel required to maintain the pressure in the rail. This feature allows heat generation
to be minimised and engine output to be improved.
In order to discharge the rail using the injector valves, the valves are controlled by brief electrical pulses which are:
short enough not to open the injector, (passing through the return circuit from the injectors),
long enough to open the valves and discharge the rail.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

– The connections between the vehicle's various computers are multiplexed.

Therefore, the fault warning lights on the instrument panel are lit via the multiplex network.

The vehicle speed signal on the instrument panel is transmitted by the ABS computer or the WHEEL SPEED
computer via a wire connection and is then transmitted via the multiplex network by the instrument panel. The
vehicle speed signal is used mainly by the injection computer and the airbag computer.

Some vehicles have a sensor located in the filter for detecting water in the diesel. If there is water present in the
diesel, the orange injection and pre/postheating warning light comes on.

IMPORTANT

The engine must not operate with:

– diesel fuel containing more than 10 % diester,
– petrol, even in tiny quantities.

The system injects the diesel fuel into the engine at a pressure of up to 1350 bar. Before carrying out any work,
check that the injector rail is not pressurised and that the fuel temperature is not too high.

You must respect the cleaning and safety advice specified in this document for any work on the high-pressure
injection system.

Disassembly of the interior of the pump and injectors is prohibited. Only the flow actuator, the diesel temperature
sensor and the Venturi tube can be replaced.

For safety reasons, it is strictly forbidden to undo a high-pressure pipe union when the engine is running.

It is strictly forbidden to remove any injection pump pulley bearing the number 070 575. If the pump is being
replaced, the pulley must be replaced.

Supplying + 12 V directly to any component in the system is prohibited.

Ultrasonic decoking and cleaning are prohibited.

Never start the engine unless the battery is connected correctly.

Disconnect the injection system computer when carrying out any welding work on the vehicle.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-11

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

b) Functions included

– Air conditioning management assistance

For vehicles with air conditioning, the EDC16 system can deactivate the air conditioning via the UCH in certain
conditions of use:

– when requested by the driver,
– when starting the engine,
– if the engine overheats (in order to reduce the power the engine has to supply),
– when the engine speed is very high (to protect the compressor),
– during transition phases (e.g. under heavy acceleration when overtaking, anti-stalling and moving off

strategies). These conditions are only taken into account when they occur repeatedly, so as to prevent system
instabilities (incorrect deactivation).

– When reading certain faults.

– Cold loop air conditioning management

The air conditioning is managed in a cold loop and this function is managed by several computers. The injection
computer is responsible for:
– Authorising requests for cold according to: refrigerant pressure, coolant temperature, engine speed.
– Calculating the power absorbed by the compressor (from the refrigerant pressure).
– Requesting the control of the fan assembly from the Protection and Switching Unit according to the vehicle speed,

refrigerant pressure and engine coolant temperature.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-12

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

To limit the time taken to warm up the system, air temperature sensors, called positive temperature coefficient
resistors, are fitted into the passenger compartment heating circuit. The UCH determines whether the positive
temperature coefficient resistors need to be controlled, the Protection and Switching Unit physically controls the
positive temperature coefficient resistors, and the injection computer determines the output limit of the positive
temperature coefficient resistors according to the alternator load on the one hand, and inhibits them according to
engine speed, load and vehicle speed on the other.

– Cruise control/speed limiter management

It is possible to reactivate cruise control and to return to the last cruising speed after the function has been
deactivated for whatever reason, during the same cycle of use (computer not power cycled). The vehicle will then
attempt to reach the cruising speed using a controlled vehicle acceleration.
When activated (using the selection switch), the vehicle speed limiter function limits the vehicle speed to a preset
value. The driver drives the vehicle in the normal way using the accelerator pedal until the preset speed is reached.
If an attempt is made to exceed this speed, the system will ignore the pedal request and will control the vehicle speed
in the same way as the cruise control function, provided that the driver keeps the accelerator pedal depressed.
As with the cruise control function, the cruising speed can be altered using the control buttons by pressing briefly or
pressing and holding.
For safety reasons, the cruising speed can be exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the pedal
position limiting value. Vehicle speed is then controlled using the accelerator pedal until the vehicle speed is
decreased to below the cruising speed, when the limiter function is activated again.

The driver uses the following controls to operate the speed limiter - cruise control function:

– accelerator pedal,
– brake pedal,
– clutch pedal,
– function selection switch for selecting speed limiter or cruise control operating mode.
– steering wheel controls.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-13

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

c) Warning lights management

– Instrument panel display

The computer displays certain information on the instrument panel relating to engine operation. This concerns five
functions: the OBD (On Board Diagnostic) excess pollution warning light, pre/post heating, coolant temperature and
engine faults: Severity 1 (non-critical fault) and Severity 2 (stop immediately). These five functions are represented
by 3 warning lights or messages displayed by the on-board computer.

– Pre-/post-heating warning light

This warning light is used as an operating indicator light and as a system fault indicator light:
– Permanently lit under + after ignition feed: indicates preheating of the plugs.
– Permanently lit along with the Injection failure message: indicates a Severity 1 fault (indicates faulty operation and

a reduced safety level. The driver should carry out repairs as soon as possible).

– Temperature/emergency stop warning light

This warning light is used as an operating indicator light and as a system fault indicator light. It lights up for
3 seconds when the ignition is switched on (automatic test procedure managed by the instrument panel).
– Permanently on: indicates engine overheating.
– Permanently lit along with the Stop engine message: indicates a Severity 2 fault.

If there is a Severity 2 fault, the injection is cut off automatically after a few seconds.
In the event of overheating, it is up to the driver whether to stop the vehicle or continue driving.

– OBD (On Board Diagnostic) excess pollution warning light

Symbolised by an engine, it lights up for approximately 3 seconds when the engine is started. It never comes on
when the engine is running.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-14

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Introduction

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

2. COMPUTER REPLACEMENT, PROGRAMMING OR REPROGRAMMING OPERATION

The system can be programmed and reprogrammed by the diagnostic socket with the RENAULT CLIP diagnostic
tool (refer to Technical Note 3585A or follow the instructions provided by the diagnostic tool).

Before programming, (re)programming or replacing the computer in After-Sales operations, it is essential to
save the following data in the diagnostic tools:

– The IMA codes (correction of injector flow rate) and the engine adaptives for the SC003 "Save computer data"

command.

After programming, reprogramming or replacing the computer:

– Switch off the ignition.
– Start and then stop the engine (to initialise the computer) and wait for 30 seconds.
– Switch the ignition on again and use the diagnostic tool to carry out the following steps:

– Use command SC001 Write saved data to establish injection individual correction and engine adaptives.
– Use command VP010 Write the VIN.
– Following (re)programming of the injection system, stored faults may appear in other computers. Clear the memory

of these computers.

– Perform a road test and then recheck with the diagnostic tool.

Note:
If commands SC001 and SC003 are forgotten or do not work, the individual injector correction codes for each injector
must be entered manually after the computer has been replaced or (re)programmed by reading the code on each
injector (see replacing injectors).

WARNING
It is not possible to test an injection computer from the Parts Department because it will not then be possible to fit it
to any other vehicle.

If the injection computer appears to be faulty, contact your Techline and refer to the Fault finding log page 13B-5.

– Replacing the injectors

Note:
The individual injector correction coding is a calibration made on each injector in the factory in order to adjust
its flow precisely.

These correction values are etched onto the Bakelite body of each injector (6 alphanumeric characters) and then
entered into the computer which then controls each injector taking into account its individual manufacturing
tolerance.

When one or more injectors are replaced, the injection individual correction parameters of the injector output
concerned must be modified. The system can be configured via the diagnostic socket using the RENAULT
CLIP diagnostic tool.
To do this, the injection individual correction code(s) must be rewritten to the computer using the following command:

SC002 Enter injector codes

Note down the injection individual correction codes etched on the Bakelite body of each injector and follow the on-
screen instructions.

This command is valid for both single entry and batch entry.

WARNING:
– Switch on the power (mains supply or cigarette lighter) for the diagnostic tool.
– Connect a battery charger (throughout the time needed for (re)programming the computer, the engine

cooling fans are triggered automatically).

– Comply with the engine coolant temperature instructions provided in the diagnostic tool before any

(re)programming.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-15

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault Finding - General Information

13B

3. CONNECTION

a) Black 32-track connector (A)

b) Brown 48-track connector (B)

Track

Description

A1
A2
A3
A4
B1
B2
B3
B4
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3

D4
E1
E2
E3
E4

F1
F2

F3
F4

G1
G2

G3
G4
H1
H2
H3
H4

Not used
Cruise control switch earth
CAN L network signal
CAN H network signal
Not used
Not used
Not used
K line diagnostic socket output
Not used
Not used
Idle speed regulator control supply
Clutch supply signal output
Protection and Switching Unit supply
Cruise control programming control
Cruise control programming return
signal
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Brake switch supply signal output
Not used
Accelerator potentiometer load
2 supply
Accelerator potentiometer load 2 signal
Accelerator potentiometer load 2 earth
Protection and Switching Unit supply
Accelerator potentiometer load
1 supply
Not used
Battery earth
Battery earth
Accelerator potentiometer load 1 signal
Accelerator potentiometer load 1 earth
Battery earth

Track

Description

A1
A2
A3
A4
B1
B2
B3
B4
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
D4

E1
E2
E3
E4
F1
F2

F3
F4

G1
G2
G3
G4

Cylinder reference sensor earth
Not used
Not used
Rail pressure sensor supply
Top Dead Centre sensor supply signal
Not used
Not used
Air flowmeter feed
Top Dead Centre sensor earth
Not used
Not used
Fuel pressure sensor earth
Cylinder 1 sensor signal
Not used
Not used
Turbocharging pressure sensor earth
Injection locking relay coil earth control
Air flowmeter earth signal
Not used
Not used
Refrigerant gas sensor signal
Coolant temperature sensor supply
signal
Refrigerant gas sensor supply
Exhaust gas recirculation sensor
supply
Air flowmeter supply signal
Air temperature signal
Fuel rail pressure sensor signal
Turbocharging pressure sensor supply

Fault Finding - General Information

13B-16

Edition 3

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault Finding - General Information

13B

c) Grey 32-track connector (C)

Track

Description

H2
H3
H4

J1
J2
J3
J4

K1
K2
K3
K4

L1
L2
L3
L4

M1
M2
M3
M4

Injection coolant temperature sensor
earth
Fuel temperature signal
Not used
Not used
Not used
Gas recirculation potentiometer signal
Not used
Inlet flap solenoid valve control
Not used
Turbocharging pressure sensor signal
Not used
Not used
Not used
Gas recirculation solenoid valve control
Not used
Flowmeter earth
Not used
Protection and Switching Unit supply
Not used
Inlet flap solenoid valve control

Track

Description

A1
A2
A3
A4
B1
B2
B3
B4
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
D4

E1
E2
E3
E4
F1
F2
F3
F4

G1
G2
G3
G4
H1
H2
H3
H4

Not used
Not used
Not used
Preheating relay diagnostic signal
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Gas recirculation solenoid valve earth
Coolant pressure sensor earth
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Wastegate solenoid valve control
Preheating control relay
Not used
Not used
Fuel temperature earth
Not used
Not used
Not used
Injector 4 control
Injector 2 control
Injector 1 earth
Injector 2 earth
Injector 1 control
Injector 3 control
Injector 4 earth
Injector 3 earth

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-17

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault Finding - General Information

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

4. SUMMARY TABLE OF SYSTEM DTC CODES

EDC 16 faults

Index no.

Title

DTC Code

DF001

DF003

DF004

DF005

DF007

DF008

DF009

DF010

DF011

DF012

DF013

DF015

DF016

DF017

DF025

DF037

DF038

DF039

DF040

DF041

DF042

DF043

DF046

DF047

DF049

DF050

DF051

DF053

DF054

DF055

DF056

DF057

Coolant temperature sensor circuit

Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit

Turbocharging pressure sensor circuit

Engine speed sensor circuit

Rail pressure sensor circuit

Pedal potentiometer track 1 circuit

Pedal potentiometer track 2 circuit

EGR position sensor circuit

Sensor supply voltage no. 1

Sensor supply voltage no. 2.

Sensor supply voltage no. 3

Main relay control circuit

EGR control circuit

Preheater unit control circuit

Preheater unit diagnostic connection

Immobiliser

Computer

Inlet air temperature sensor circuit

Cylinder 1 injector circuit

Cylinder 2 injector circuit

Cylinder 3 injector circuit

Cylinder 4 injector circuit

Battery voltage

Computer supply voltage

Refrigerant sensor circuit

Brake switch circuit

Cruise control/speed limiter function

Rail pressure regulation function

Wastegate control circuit

Turbocharging pressure regulation circuit

Airflow sensor circuit

Water in diesel temperature circuit

0115

0105

0235

0335

0190

0225

2120

1486

0641

0651

0697

0685

0403

0380

0670

C167

0606

0110

0201

0202

0203

0204

0560

0615

0530

0571

0575

0089

0033

0243

0100

2264

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-18

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault Finding - General Information

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

EDC 16 faults

Index no.

Title

DTC Code

DF059

DF060

DF061

DF065

DF063

DF064

DF065

DF066

DF067

DF069

DF070

DF091

DF097

DF098

DF114

DF117

DF118

DF119

DF120

Misfiring on cylinder 1

Misfiring on cylinder 2

Misfiring on cylinder 3

Misfiring on cylinder 4

Misfiring on cylinder 5

Misfiring on cylinder 6

Misfiring

Injector code(s)

Damper control circuit

Impact detected signal

Clutch switch circuit

Vehicle speed signal

Camshaft sensor circuit

Fuel temperature sensor circuit

EGR solenoid valve circuit

EGR valve offset

EGR solenoid valve servo-control

Camshaft sensor signal

Engine speed sensor signal

0301

0302

0303

0304

0305

0306

0300

0611

0638

1620

0830

0500

0340

0180

0400

0487

0409

0365

0385

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-19

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-20

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

DF001

PRESENT

STORED

COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
CO.1 : Short circuit or open circuit to + 12 V

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:
If the fault is declared present when the ignition is switched on (+ after ignition) or the
engine is running.

Special notes:
If the fault is declared present:
– the coolant temperature: PR064: Coolant temperature is stuck at 119

°°°°

– the preheating time is above 10 seconds,
– the fan assembly is permanently controlled,
The severity 1 warning light is lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for any work on the computer connectors.

CC.0

NOTES

None.

Check the coolant temperature sensor connectors.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of the coolant temperature sensor between terminals 2 and 3 of its black connector.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is not:

12460

±±±±

112

Ω

at -10

°°°°

2252

±±±±

112

Ω

at 25

°°°°

811.4

±±±±

Ω

at 50

°°°°

283

±±±±

Ω

at 80

°°°°

115

±±±±

Ω

at 110

°°°°

Check the injection computer connections.
Check the continuity and ensure the insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track F2

Track 3 coolant temperature sensor

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track H1

Track 2 coolant temperature sensor

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists and remains present, replace the coolant temperature sensor.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-21

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF001

CONTINUED

CO.1

NOTES

None.

Check the coolant temperature sensor connectors.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of the coolant temperature sensor between terminals 2 and 3 of its black connector.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is not:

12460

±±±±

112

Ω

at -10

°°°°

2252

±±±±

112

Ω

at 25

°°°°

811.4

±±±±

Ω

at 50

°°°°

283

±±±±

Ω

at 80

°°°°

115

±±±±

Ω

at 110

°°°°

Check the injection computer connections.
Ensure the continuity and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track H1

Track 2 coolant temperature sensor

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track F2

Track 3 coolant temperature sensor

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists and remains present, replace the coolant temperature sensor.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-22

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF003

PRESENT

STORED

ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

1.DEF : Signal outside upper limit
2.DEF : Signal outside lower limit
3.DEF : Inconsistent signal

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:
The fault is declared present after:
– the fault has been cleared from memory,
– the ignition is switched off and is lost dialogue with the diagnostic tool,
– the ignition is switched on and dialogue is established with the diagnostic tool,
– the engine is started and the engine is left running for 30 seconds.

Priority when dealing with a number of faults (for 1.DEF or 2.DEF):
Deal with fault DF015: Main relay control circuit first if it is present or stored.

Special notes:
The atmospheric pressure sensor is integrated in the injection computer, and cannot
be separated.
The fault is present if:
– there is light smoke,
– the atmospheric pressure value changes to defect mode PR035: Atmospheric

pressure 750 mbar,

– the severity 1 warning light is lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for any work on the computer connectors.

1.DEF
2.DEF

Check the supply and the earth connection of the injection computer.
Check parameter PR035 "Atmospheric pressure", and ensure that it is identical
on another vehicle (i.e. about 1000 mbar).
Contact your Techline before replacing the injection computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

Edition 3

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-23

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF003

CONTINUED

3.DEF

NOTES

Priority in the event of a number of faults:
Deal with fault DF004: Turbocharging pressure sensor
circuit first if it is present or stored.

Check the supply and the earth connection of the injection computer.
Check parameter PR035 Atmospheric pressure, and parameter PR042: Filtered turbocharging pressure.
If the difference is greater than

±±±±

20 hPa (20 mbar) carry out the fault finding procedure for PR042 Filtered

turbocharging pressure.
If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the injection computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-24

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF004

PRESENT

STORED

TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

CO.0

: Open circuit or short circuit to earth

CC.1

: Short circuit to + 12 V

1.DEF : Inconsistency of the signal

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
The fault is declared present after the ignition is switched on or with the engine running.

Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.
The fault is present if:
– the exhaust gas recirculation valve is cut off,
– the turbocharging pressure enters defect mode, i.e.: PR042 = 750 mbar,
– the intake air temperature enters defect mode, i.e.: PR059 = 25

°°°°

The severity 1 warning light is lit.

CO.0

NOTES

None.

Check the turbocharging pressure sensor connectors.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Ensure the continuity and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track K2

Track 3 turbocharging pressure

sensor connector

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G4

Track 1 turbocharging pressure

sensor connector

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, change the turbocharging pressure sensor.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-25

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF004

CONTINUED

CC.1

NOTES

None.

Check the turbocharging pressure sensor connectors.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Ensure the continuity and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track D4

Track 2 turbocharging pressure

sensor connector

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track K2

Track 3 turbocharging pressure

sensor connector

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, change the turbocharging pressure sensor.

1.DEF

NOTES

Check the consistency of parameter PR064: Engine
coolant temperature:
– replace the coolant temperature sensor if its signal is not

correct.

If it occurs with fault DF003, perform fault finding on PR042 Filtered turbocharging pressure:
If the turbocharging pressure sensor is operating correctly, contact your Techline before replacing the
computer.

Check the turbocharging pressure sensor connectors.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check continuity, insulation and for the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G4

Track 1 turbocharging pressure

sensor connector

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track D4

Track 2 turbocharging pressure

sensor connector

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track K2

Track 3 turbocharging pressure

sensor connector

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-26

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF005

PRESENT

STORED

ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT

1.DEF : Signal absent
2.DEF : Inconsistent signal

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:
If the fault is declared present after successive starting attempts or with the engine
running.
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for any work on the computer connectors.
The engine speed sensor is consistent with the camshaft sensor.
If the fault is present, the severity 2 warning light will light up.

1.DEF
2.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the top dead centre sensor connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check that the sensor/flywheel air gap is correct: 0.5 to 1.8 mm.

Check the resistance of the top dead centre sensor across terminals A and B of its black connector.
The coil resistance is 800

±±±±

Ω

at an engine coolant temperature of 20

°°°°

Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track B1

Track A Top Dead Centre sensor

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track C1

Track B Top Dead Centre sensor

Repair if necessary.

Check the top dead centre signal using an oscilloscope:
If there is a fault, check that the sensor is properly attached and that the engine flywheel target is not damaged.

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-27

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF007

PRESENT

STORED

RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

CC.0

: Short circuit to earth

CO.1 : Short circuit or open circuit to + 12 V
1.DEF : Offset at minimum threshold
2.DEF : Offset at maximum threshold

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:
If the fault is declared present after successive starting attempts or with the engine
running.

Special notes:
If a fault is present, the instruction to stop the engine immediately will be issued.
The severity 2 warning light will light up.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for any work on the computer connectors.

CC.0

NOTES

None.

Check the rail pressure sensor connectors.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G3

Track 2 rail pressure sensor

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track A4

Track 3 rail pressure sensor

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, replace the rail pressure sensor and tighten it to 35

±±±±

5 Nm and comply with the safety

instructions in the Introduction.

CO.1

NOTES

None.

Check the rail pressure sensor connectors.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity and insulation against +12 V across the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G3

Track 2 rail pressure sensor

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track C4

Track 1 rail pressure sensor

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, replace the rail pressure sensor and tighten it to 35

±±±±

5 Nm following the safety instructions

in the Introduction.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-28

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF007

CONTINUED

1.DEF
2.DEF

NOTES

Special note: The minimum value is 0.2 bar, the stop
maximum value is 1350 bar.

Check the rail pressure sensor connectors.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G3

Track 2 rail pressure sensor

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track A4

Track 3 rail pressure sensor

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track C4

Track 1 rail pressure sensor

Repair if necessary.

With the ignition on and the engine stopped for more than one minute:
Check the PR038 Rail pressure value displayed by the diagnostic tool in the LPG/fuel circuit - Engine
management function tab.
– If the value is below 50 bar, the sensor is correct.

If so, contact your Techline before replacing the computer.

– If the pressure is above 50 bar, replace the rail pressure sensor and tighten to 35

±±±±

5 Nm.

Follow the safety instructions in the Introduction.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-29

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF008

PRESENT

STORED

PEDAL POTENTIOMETER TRACK 1 CIRCUIT

CO.0

: Open circuit or short circuit to earth

CC.1

: Short circuit to + 12 V

1.DEF : Inconsistency of the signal

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:
The fault is declared present after a series of full load/no load actions on the
accelerator pedal.

Special notes:
Turbocharging and cruise control are not authorised.
The severity 1 warning light is lit.
Engine speed is maintained at 1400 rpm if there is a double fault on tracks 1 and 2.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for any work on the computer connectors.

CO.0

NOTES

Priority in the event of a number of faults:
If fault DF009: Pedal potentiometer circuit track 2 is
present at the same time, check that the pedal sensor
connector is connected correctly.

Check the connectors on the pedal sensor.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track H2

Track 4 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track G2

Track 3 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track H3

Track 5 pedal sensor connector

Repair if necessary.

Measure the pedal sensor resistance on track 1 across tracks 5 and 3.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is not: 1.7 k

Ω

±±±±

0.9.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-30

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF008

CONTINUED

CC.1

NOTES

Priority in the event of a number of faults:
Deal with fault DF011: Sensor supply voltage no. 1 first if
it is present or stored.

Check the connectors on the pedal sensor.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track H2

Track 4 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track H3

Track 5 pedal sensor connector

Repair if necessary.

Measure the pedal sensor resistance on track 1 across tracks 5 and 3.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is not: 1.7 k

Ω

±±±±

0.9.

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the connectors on the pedal sensor.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track H2

Track 4 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track G2

Track 3 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track H3

Track 5 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track F3

Track 1 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track F2

Track 2 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track 4

Track 6 pedal sensor connector

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, replace the pedal sensor.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-31

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF009

PRESENT

STORED

PEDAL POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT TRACK 2

CO.0

Open circuit or short circuit to earth

CC.1

: Short circuit to + 12 V

1.DEF :

Inconsistency of the signal

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:
The fault is declared present after a series of full load/no load actions on the
accelerator pedal.

CO.0

NOTES

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:
If fault DF008: Pedal potentiometer circuit track 1 CO.0 is
present at the same time, check that the pedal sensor
connector is connected correctly.

Check the connectors on the pedal sensor.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track F3

Track 1 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track F2

Track 2 pedal sensor connector

Repair if necessary.

Measure the pedal sensor resistance on track 2 across tracks 2 and 6.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is not: 2.85 k

Ω

±±±±

2.05.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-32

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF009

CONTINUED

CC.1

NOTES

Priority in the event of a number of faults:
Deal with fault DF012: Sensor supply voltage no. 2 first if
it is present or stored.

Check the connectors on the pedal sensor.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track F3

Track 1 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track F4

Track 6 pedal sensor connector

Repair if necessary.

Measure the pedal sensor resistance on track 2 across tracks 2 and 6.
Replace the sensor if the internal resistance is not: 2.85

±±±±

2.05 k

Ω

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the connectors on the pedal sensor.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track F3

Track 1 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track F2

Track 2 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track F4

Track 6 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track H2

Track 4 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track G2

Track 3 pedal sensor connector

Injection computer black 32-track connector A track H3

Track 5 pedal sensor connector

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, replace the pedal sensor.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-33

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF010

PRESENT

STORED

EGR POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth
CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
The fault reappears after:
– the fault has been cleared from the memory and
– actuator command AC002: EGR solenoid valve.

Special notes:
The fault is present if:
– there is smoke at the exhaust,
– exhaust gas recirculation is deactivated.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

CO.0

NOTES

None.

Check the connections of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track J2

Track 6 EGR valve

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track F4

Track 2 EGR valve

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-34

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF010

CONTINUED

CC.1

NOTES

Priority in the event of a number of faults:
Deal with fault DF012: Sensor supply voltage no. 2 first if
it is present or stored.

Check the connections of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track J2

Track 6 EGR valve

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track C2

Track 4 EGR valve

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, check that the exhaust gas recirculation valve is not blocked.
Display feedback parameter PR051: EGR valve feedback position:
If the value is not between 0.75 V and 1.6 V:

– remove the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
– if there is an irreparable blockage, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-35

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF011

PRESENT

STORED

SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE No. 1

1.DEF : Sensor reference voltage too low
2.DEF : Sensor reference voltage too high

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
The fault reappears after:
– the fault has been cleared,
– the engine has been running for 1 minute.

Special notes:
The fault is present if:
– cruise control is deactivated,
– engine torque is limited,
– the severity 1 warning light is lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF
2.DEF

NOTES

None.

The following sensors are connected to supply no. 1:
– Turbocharging pressure sensor.
– Accelerator potentiometer track 1 sensor.
To locate any faulty sensor and/or connection, disconnect one of the sensors then check whether the fault
becomes stored. If the fault remains present, start the operation again with the other sensor. (Wait a few
seconds between each disconnection to allow the ECU to perform the measurement).
If the fault is stored after a disconnection, replace the faulty sensor or repair its connection (use the wiring
diagram Technical Note for the vehicle).
Clear the faults created by the multiple disconnections.

If the fault is still present when the sensors have been disconnected:
– check the insulation against earth of the + 5 V line of each sensor.
– check the insulation against + 12 V of the + 5 V line of each sensor.
– check the insulation between the following connections:

– tracks 4 and 5 of the pedal sensor track 1 connector.
– tracks 1 and 2 of the turbocharging pressure sensor connector.

If these checks reveal a fault, carry out the necessary repairs.

If the fault persists, carefully examine the engine management computer connections (presence of conductive
particles, bent pins).

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-36

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF012

PRESENT

STORED

SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE No. 2

1.DEF : Sensor reference voltage too low
2.DEF : Sensor reference voltage too high

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
The fault reappears as stored after:
– the fault has been cleared,
– the engine has been running for 1 minute.

Special notes:
The fault is present if:
– the severity 1 warning light is lit.
– EGR regulation, cruise control and positive temperature coefficient (PTC) resistors

are deactivated,

– the torque is limited,
– the severity 1 warning light is lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF
2.DEF

NOTES

None.

The following sensors are connected to supply no. 2:
– EGR valve position sensor,
– Accelerator potentiometer track 2 sensor,
– Refrigerant pressure sensor.
To locate any faulty sensor and/or connection, disconnect one of the sensors then check whether the fault
becomes stored.
If the fault remains present, start the operation again with the other sensors (each in turn).
(Wait a few seconds between each disconnection to allow the computer to take the measurement).
If the fault is stored after a disconnection, change the faulty sensor or repair the connection.
(Use the Wiring Diagrams Technical Note for the vehicle).
Clear the faults created by the multiple disconnections.

If the fault is still present when the three sensors have been disconnected:
– check the insulation against earth: of the + 5 V line of each sensor.
– check the insulation against + 12 V: of the + 5 V line of each sensor.
– check the insulation between the following connections:
– tracks 2 and 6 of the pedal sensor track 2 connector.
– tracks 2 and 4 of the EGR valve position sensor connector.
– tracks A and B of the refrigerant sensor connector.
If these checks reveal a fault, carry out the necessary repairs.

If the fault persists, carefully examine the engine management computer connections (presence of conductive
particles, bent pins).

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-37

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF013

PRESENT

STORED

SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE No. 3

1.DEF : Sensor reference voltage too low
2.DEF : Sensor reference voltage too high

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
The fault reappears as stored after:
– the fault has been cleared,
– the engine has been running for one minute.

Special notes:
The fault is present if:
– EGR regulation is deactivated,
– vehicle performance is limited,
– the severity 2 warning light is lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF
2.DEF

NOTES

None.

The following sensors are connected to supply no. 3:
– Rail pressure sensor.
– Air flowmeter
To locate any faulty sensor and/or connection, disconnect one of the sensors then check whether the fault
becomes stored.
If the fault remains present, start the operation again with the other sensor.
(Wait a few seconds between each disconnection to allow the ECU to perform the measurement).
If the fault is stored after a disconnection, change the faulty sensor or repair the connection. (Use the Wiring
Diagrams Technical Note for the vehicle).
Clear the faults created by the multiple disconnections.

If the fault is still present when two sensors have been disconnected:
check the insulation against earth: of the + 5 V line of each sensor.
check the insulation against + 12 V: of the + 5 V line of each sensor.
check the insulation between the following connections:

– tracks 1 and 3 of the rail pressure sensor connector.
– tracks 2 and 3 of the air flowmeter sensor connector.

If these checks reveal a fault, carry out the necessary repairs.

If the fault persists, carefully examine the engine management computer connections (presence of conductive
particles, bent pins).

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-38

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF015

PRESENT

STORED

MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT

1.DEF : Relay cut out too soon
2.DEF : Relay cut out too late

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
The fault reappears after it has been cleared, the ignition having been switched off until
the end of the power latch (the immobiliser warning light flashes), followed by the
ignition being switched back on and dialogue being established.

Special notes:
The main relay is integrated into the Protection and Switching Unit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF
2.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the connections of the Protection and Switching Unit.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check that the battery terminals are properly tightened and connected to the engine earth.

Ensure the continuity, absence of interference and insulation of the following connection:

Injection computer brown 48-track
connector B
track E1

Protection and Switching Unit brown
connector D
Track D2

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists and remains present, refer to the Protection and Switching Unit Technical Note.
IMPORTANT:
If the Protection and Switching Unit no longer detects the injection computer frames then fan
assembly 1 will be run until the battery has been completely discharged.
If fan assembly 1 is not working, fan assembly 2 will be run.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-39

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF016

PRESENT

STORED

EGR VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT

CC.1

: Short circuit to + 12 V

CC.0

: Short circuit to earth

: Open circuit

1.DEF : Internal electrical fault

NOTES

Special notes:
A significant amount of smoke will be present and the EGR valve and the turbocharger
will be locked if the fault is present, and the severity level 1 warning light will come on.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

CC.1

NOTES

None.

Check the connections of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the resistance of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve across tracks 1 and 5.
If the resistance is not 8

Ω

±±±±

0.5 at 20

°°°°

C, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connection:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track L2

Track 5 exhaust gas recirculation
valve

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists and remains present, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-40

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF016

CONTINUED

CC.0

NOTES

Special note:
If fault DF010 EGR valve position sensor circuit in CO.0
is present at the same time, check that the exhaust gas
recirculation valve connector is connected correctly.

Check the connections of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the resistance of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve across tracks 1 and 5.
If the resistance is not approximately 8

Ω

±±±±

0.5

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.

Also check the insulation between the solenoid and the body of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track L2

Track 5 EGR valve

Protection and switching unit Track F4

Track 1 EGR valve

Ensure the presence of + 12 V after relay of the Protection and Switching Unit on track 1 of the exhaust gas
recirculation valve.

Repair if necessary.
If the fault persists and remains present, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-41

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF016

CONTINUED

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the connections of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the resistance of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve across tracks 1 and 5.
If the resistance is not approximately 8

Ω

±±±±

0.5 at 20

°°°°

C, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track L2

Track 5 EGR valve

Protection and Switching Unit

Track F4

Track 1 EGR valve

Check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 1 of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, check that the computer output stage is working correctly:
Run actuator command: AC002 EGR solenoid valve.
If there is no perceptible movement of the valve, ensure that the computer output stage is functioning:
– or with an oscilloscope (calibrated to 5 V/division and a time base of 2 ms/division):
With the exhaust gas recirculation valve connected, connect the oscilloscope earth to the battery earth with
the positive test pin on track 5 of the EGR valve. Clear any EGR valve fault that there may be and run
command AC002:
The oscilloscope should display a square wave amplitude signal of 12.5 V at a frequency of 140 Hz, (with an
Opening Cyclic Ratio increasing from 25 to 75%).
– Either by voltmeter:
With the EGR valve connected, connect the earth lead of the voltmeter to track 2 of the EGR valve and the
positive lead to track 1. Clear any EGR valve fault that there may be and run command AC002:
the voltmeter should display two successive voltages approximately equal to the combined voltage of the
battery and the current Opening Cyclic Ratio.
i.e.: successively: 3.15 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 25 % then 9.45 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 75 %
(ten cycles).

If the oscilloscope (or the voltmeter) does not indicate management or continuous voltage, contact your
Techline before replacing the injection computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-42

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF017

PRESENT

STORED

PREHEATER UNIT CONTROL CIRCUIT

CC.1

: Short circuit to + 12 V

CC.0

: Short circuit to earth

Open circuit

1.DEF : Internal electrical fault

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault appears after an AC001: Preheater unit actuator command.

Special notes:
If the fault is present: it is difficult or even impossible to start the vehicle when cold.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

CC.1

NOTES

None.

Check the preheater unit connectors and the heater plug supply wiring.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of supply fuse F (70A).
Ensure the continuity and insulation from + 12 V across the following connection:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track E2

Track 8 preheater unit

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists and remains present, replace the pre/post heating unit.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-43

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF017

CONTINUED

CC.0

NOTES

Special notes: If the unit is short-circuited to earth the plugs
could be activated permanently with the risk of destroying
the engine.

Check the preheater unit connectors and the heater plug supply wiring.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of supply fuse F (70A).
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connection:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track A4

Track 8 preheater unit

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists and remains present, replace the pre/post heating unit.

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the preheater unit connectors and the heater plug supply wiring.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the condition of supply fuse F (70A).
Check the continuity and insulation of the following connection:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track E2

Track 8 preheater unit

Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, check that the computer output stage is working correctly:
With the preheating unit connected:
connect the negative test pin of the voltmeter to track 8 of the preheater unit,
connect the negative test pin of the voltmeter to the battery + 12 V,
run command AC002 EGR solenoid valve:
If the voltmeter does not register a voltage during the entire command time (ten ON-OFF cycles per second),
contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-44

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF025

PRESENT

STORED

PREHEATER UNIT DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTION

CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
CO.1 : Short circuit or open circuit to + 12 V

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault appears after an AC001: Preheater unit actuator command.

Special notes:
It is difficult or even impossible to start the vehicle when cold.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

CC.0
CO.1

NOTES

None.

Check the preheating unit connectors.
Check all of the heater plugs.
Repair if necessary.

Check the resistance of the heater plugs:
Replace the plug having a resistance not equal to 8

Ω

±±±±

0.5

Ω

at 20

°°°°

Check the continuity of the following connections:

Preheating unit track 1

cylinder 3 heater plug,

Preheating unit track 2

cylinder 4 heater plug,

Preheating unit track 6

cylinder 1 heater plug,

Preheating unit track 7

cylinder 2 heater plug.

Check for the presence of + 12 V battery on track 3 of the preheating relay (via maxi fuse).
Check that the engine is earthed.

If the fault persists,
Check the connectors of the engine-control ECU.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connection:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track A4

Track 9 preheating unit connector

If the fault persists, replace the preheating unit.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-45

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF037

PRESENT

STORED

IMMOBILISER

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault becomes present after an attempt to start the engine or when the ignition is
switched on.

Special notes:
It is impossible to start the vehicle.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

Check the UCH computer connections.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Test the multiplex network and carry out a complete fault finding procedure on the UCH.
Refer to the UCH Technical Note if a fault is declared present.
Contact your Techline before replacing the computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-46

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF038

PRESENT

STORED

COMPUTER

1.DEF : Permanent high signal
2.DEF

: Permanent low signal

3.DEF : Configuration absent or incorrect
4.DEF : Analogue/digital converter fault
5.DEF : Fault in EEPROM
6.DEF : Activation in Watchdog
7.DEF : Signal outside upper limit
8.DEF : Signal outside lower limit
9.DEF : Dialogue disrupted
10.DEF : Injector control condenser fault
11.DEF : Injector control
12.DEF : Initialisation error
13.DEF : Injection fault under deceleration

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault appears after the engine is started or with the engine running.

Special notes:
The severity 1 warning light will come on and if there is an attempt to switch off the
engine, the severity 2 warning light will come on if there is a fault present.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF

13.DEF

Check the injection computer connections and the continuity of all of its supplies.
Repair if necessary.

According to the nature of the fault, clear the present or stored fault, switch the ignition
on again and/or start the vehicle, then check whether the fault appears as present again.
If so, contact your Techline and complete the fault finding log included in the Technical
Note.

8.DEF

The 8.DEF state may appear with the low battery voltage fault DF046: "Battery voltage"
state 2.DEF.
Deal with the battery low fault of DF046 and do not replace the injection computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-47

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF039

PRESENT

STORED

INLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

CO.1 : Short circuit or open circuit to + 12 V
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
The fault is declared present when the ignition is switched on or with the engine
running.

Special notes:
The fault is present if:
– the air temperature value enters defect mode, i.e. PRO59 = 20˚C,
– EGR regulation is deactivated,
– there is light smoke at exhaust.
The air temperature will be established again according to the manifold pressure and
the atmospheric pressure.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

CO.1

NOTES

None.

Check the air flowmeter.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track E2

Track 2 air flowmeter connector

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G2

Track 1 air flowmeter connector

Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of the air temperature sensor across tracks 1 and 2 of the air flowmeter.
Replace the air flowmeter if the resistance is not approximately: 3714

Ω

±±±±

161 at 10

°°°°

2488

Ω

±±±±

90 at 20

°°°°

1671

Ω

±±±±

59 at 30

°°°°

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF039

CONTINUED

CC.0

NOTES

None.

Check the air flowmeter connectors.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation against earth of the following connection:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track G2

Track 1 air flowmeter

Check for the presence of + 5 V on track 3 of the air flowmeter connector.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of the air temperature sensor integrated into the flowmeter across tracks 1 and 2.
Replace the air flowmeter if the resistance is not approximately: 3714

Ω

±±±±

161 at 10

°°°°

2488

Ω

±±±±

90 at 20

°°°°

1671

Ω

±±±±

59 at 30

°°°°

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-48

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF040

PRESENT

STORED

CYLINDER 1 INJECTOR CIRCUIT

CC.1

: Short circuit to + 12 V

: Open circuit

: Short circuit

1.DEF : Injector control

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault becomes present following an engine start.

Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

CC.1

NOTES

None.

Check the connectors of injector no. 1.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 1 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 1.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G3

Track 2 injector no. 1

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H1

Track 1 injector no. 1

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 1.

NOTES

None.

Check the connectors of injector no. 1.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 1 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 1.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G3

Track 2 injector no. 1

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H1

Track 1 injector no. 1

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 1.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-49

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF040

CONTINUED

NOTES

None.

Check the connectors of injector no. 1.
Check the injection computer connections (ensuring that there are no conductive particles or bent pins).
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 1 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 1.

Check the insulation between the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G3

Track 2 injector no. 1

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H1

Track 1 injector no. 1

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 1.

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 1 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 1.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G3

Track 2 injector no. 1

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H1

Track 1 injector no. 1

Also check the insulation between the same two connections.

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 1.

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-50

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF041

PRESENT

STORED

CYLINDER 2 INJECTOR CIRCUIT

CC.1

: Short circuit to + 12 V

: Open circuit

: Short circuit

1.DEF : Injector control

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault becomes present following an engine start.

Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

CC.1

NOTES

None.

Check the connections for injector no. 2.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 2 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 2.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G4

Track 2 injector no. 2

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G2

Track 1 injector no. 2

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 2.

NOTES

None.

Check the connections for injector no. 2.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 2 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 2.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G2

Track 2 injector no. 2

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G4

Track 1 injector no. 2

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 2.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-51

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF041

CONTINUED

NOTES

None.

Check the connections for injector no. 2.
Check the injection computer connections (ensuring that there are no conductive particles or bent pins).
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 2 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 2.

Check the insulation between the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G4

Track 2 injector no. 2

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G2

Track 1 injector no. 2

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 2.

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 2 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 2.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G4

Track 2 injector no. 2

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G2

Track 1 injector no. 2

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 2.

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-52

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-53

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF042

PRESENT

STORED

CYLINDER 3 INJECTOR CIRCUIT

CC.1

: Short circuit to + 12 V

: Open circuit

: Short circuit

1.DEF : Injector control

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault becomes present following an engine start.

Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

CC.1

NOTES

None.

Check the connections for injector no. 3.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 3 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 3.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H4

Track 2 injector no. 3

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H2

Track 1 injector no. 3

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 3.

NOTES

None.

Check the connections for injector no. 3.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 3 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 3.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G2

Track 2 injector no. 3

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G4

Track 1 injector no. 3

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 3.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-54

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF042

CONTINUED

NOTES

None.

Check the connections for injector no. 3.
Check the injection computer connections (ensuring that there are no conductive particles or bent pins).
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 3 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 3.

Check the insulation between the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H4

Track 2 injector no. 3

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H2

Track 1 injector no. 3

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 3.

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 3 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 3.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H4

Track 2 injector no. 3

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H2

Track 1 injector no. 3

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 3.

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-55

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF043

PRESENT

STORED

CYLINDER 4 INJECTOR CIRCUIT

CC.1

: Short circuit to + 12 V

: Open circuit

: Short circuit

1.DEF : Injector control

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault becomes present following an engine start.

Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

CC.1

NOTES

None.

Check the connections for injector no. 4.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 4 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 4.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H3

Track 2 injector no. 4

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G1

Track 1 injector no. 4

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 4.

NOTES

None.

Check the connections for injector no. 4.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 4 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 4.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H3

Track 2 injector no. 4

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G1

Track 1 injector no. 4

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 4.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-56

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF043

CONTINUED

NOTES

None.

Check the connections for injector no. 4.
Check the injection computer connections (ensuring that there are no conductive particles or bent pins).
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 4 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 4.

Check the insulation between the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H3

Track 2 injector no. 4

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G1

Track 1 injector no. 4

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 3.

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Measure the resistance of injector No. 4 across tracks 1 and 2.
If the resistance is not approximately 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C, replace injector no. 4.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connections:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track H3

Track 2 injector no. 4

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C track G1

Track 1 injector no. 4

If the fault persists, replace injector no. 4.

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-57

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF046

PRESENT

STORED

BATTERY VOLTAGE

1.DEF

: Excess voltage

2.DEF

: Not enough voltage

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault appears after the ignition is switched on or with the engine running.

Special notes:
Computer operating voltage: 6.5 V < operating voltage < 18 V.
A battery voltage which is too low may cause the injection fault warning light to come on
(severity 1).
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the charging circuit.
Carry out any necessary repairs.

2.DEF

NOTES

Use the Wiring Diagrams Technical Note for your vehicle.

With the ignition off, measure the battery voltage at its terminals.
If the voltage is below 12.5 V, recharge and test the battery.
If it is faulty, replace the battery then test the charge circuit.

With the ignition on then with the starter motor turning, measure the battery voltage at its terminals.
If the voltage drops below 9.6 V, check the tightness and condition of the battery terminals.
Recharge and test the battery.
Replace the battery if it is faulty.

If the starter is cranking the engine correctly, but the fault persists,
– check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
+ 12 V battery

Track M2 connector B of the engine computer (via the Protection and

Switching Unit)

+ 12 V battery

Track G1 connector A of the engine computer (via the Protection and Switching

Unit)

Battery earth

Track G4, H4, H1 engine management computer connector A

Check the connectors of the engine-control ECU.

Carry out the necessary repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-58

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF047

PRESENT

STORED

COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

1.DEF : Voltage not within the permitted range

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault appears after the ignition is switched on or with the engine running.

Special notes:
Computer operating voltage: 6 V < operating voltage < 16.5 V.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF

NOTES

Use the Wiring Diagrams Technical Note for your vehicle.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connection:

Injection computer black 32-track connector A, track D1

Track 1 connector PEH of the

Protection and Switching Unit

Repair if necessary.

Check the conformity of the RL5 relays and switches on the Protection and Switching Unit (absence of false
contacts on the relay support clips).

If the fault persists:
– replace the RL5 relay,
– clear the fault,
– switch off the ignition, wait for the end of the power latch,
– switch the ignition back on and establish dialogue with the diagnostic tool.

1) If the fault does not reappear:
– start the engine,
– with the engine at idling speed, wait 1 minute,
– if the fault reappears, proceed to 2,
– if the fault does not reappear, perform a road test,
– if the fault reappears, proceed to 2,
– If the fault does not reappear, end of fault finding.

2) If the fault reappears:
Contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-59

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF049

PRESENT

STORED

REFRIGERANT FLUID SENSOR CIRCUIT

CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V
CO.0 : Open circuit or short circuit to earth

NOTES

Processing priority in the event of a number of faults:
Deal with fault DF012 Sensor supply voltage n˚2 first if it is present or stored.

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault reappears after the memory has been cleared and
– the ignition has been switched off and dialogue with the diagnostic tool has been

lost,

– the ignition has been switched on and dialogue is established,
– the engine has been running for one minute.

Special notes:
If the fault is present, air conditioning is not authorised.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-60

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF049

CONTINUED

CC.1
CO.0

NOTES

None.

Check the refrigerant pressure sensor connectors.

Check the connectors on the engine management computer.

Repair if necessary.

Check the conformity of the refrigerant pressure sensor signal by comparing* the value displayed by the
diagnostic tool (Parameters screen PR037: Refrigerant pressure) with an air conditioning filling station high-
pressure gauge reading.

A- If the values do not coincide:

– Check the insulation, the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following

connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, track F1

Track C refrigerant sensor connector

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, track F3

Track B refrigerant sensor connector

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C, track C3

Track A refrigerant sensor connector

Carry out the necessary repairs.

– Check the conformity of the coolant pressure sensor power supply:

+ 5 V

Track B

Earth

Track A

– It the power supply and connections are okay, replace the coolant pressure sensor (see the procedure in

Section 6 of the Workshop Repair Manual).

B- If the values coincide:

– Perform fault finding on the air conditioning system (see Section 6 of the Workshop Repair Manual).

*Note:

The diagnostic tool displays the absolute pressure, the air conditioning filling station high-pressure gauge
displays the relative pressure (the difference between them is ~ 1 bar (1000 hPa, i.e. atmospheric pressure).

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-61

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF050

PRESENT

STORED

BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT

1.DEF

: Inconsistency of the signal

2.DEF : No signal

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault reappears as present after:
– the fault has been cleared from memory,
– the ignition has been switched off and dialogue with the diagnostic tool has been

lost,

– the ignition has been switched on and dialogue has been established.
– followed by the engine being started and the brake pedal being depressed.

Special notes:
If the fault is present, cruise control is deactivated.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the brake switch connectors.
Check the condition and adjustment of the brake switch connector.
Repair if necessary.

Check the following switch supplies:
+ 12 V after ignition

Track 2 of the brake pedal switch connector (coming from the passenger

compartment relay and fuse box).

+ 12 V battery

Track 4 of the brake pedal switch connector (coming from the UCH).

Check the conformity of the brake switch:
Brake pedal released:

continuity across tracks 3 and 4
infinite resistance across tracks 1 and 2

Brake pedal depressed:

infinite resistance across tracks 3 and 4
continuity between tracks 1 and 2

Replace the switch if necessary.

Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections:
Injection computer black 32-track connector A, track E4

Track 3 of the brake switch connector

ABS computer black connector, track 20

Track 1 of the brake switch connector

Carry out the necessary repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-62

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF050

CONTINUED

2.DEF

NOTES

None.

From the List of states menu, check ET012 and ET013 and check:
– Brake pedal in rest position

ET012 = "INACTIVE" and ET013 = "ACTIVE"

– Brake pedal depressed

ET012 = "ACTIVE"

and ET013 = "ACTIVE"

Has ET012 been correctly recognised?

YES

Has ET013 been correctly recognised?

YES

Clear the fault.

End of fault finding.

Check the brake pedal switch connectors, the ABS/ESP computer connectors and the engine management
computer connectors.
Repair if necessary.
Check for the presence of + 12 V after ignition on track 2 of the brake pedal switch connector.
Disconnect the ABS/ESP and check the continuity, and insulation of the following connection against
+ 12 volts and earth:
Brake pedal switch connector Track A3

Track 41 ABS/ESP computer connector.

Check the operation of the brake-pedal switch:
– at rest: infinite resistance across tracks 1 and 2
– depressed: continuity across tracks 1 and 2
Replace the switch if necessary.
If the fault persists, carry out ABS/ESP fault finding then, if this reveals no fault, carry out fault finding on
the multiplex network.

Check the brake pedal switch connectors and the engine management computer connectors.
Repair if necessary.
Check the condition and adjustment of the brake-pedal switch. Repair if necessary.
Check for the presence of + 12 V after ignition on track 4 of the brake pedal switch connector.
Disconnect the automatic gearbox computer and check the continuity and insulation of the following
connection against + 12 V and against earth:
Engine management computer, connector A Track F3

Track B3 brake pedal switch connector.

Check the operation of the brake-pedal switch:
– at rest: infinite resistance across tracks A1 and A3
– depressed: continuity across tracks A1 and A3
Replace the switch if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-63

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF051

PRESENT

STORED

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER

1.DEF

: Inconsistency of the signal

2.DEF : Controls at the steering wheel
3.DEF : Inconsistent vehicle speed

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault becomes present following an engine start.

Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the injection computer connectors.

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

2.DEF

NOTES

None.

3.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check whether state ET042 has been recognised correctly.
If it has been recognised, clear the fault and exit the fault finding procedure.
If it has not been recognised:
Check the continuity and insulation of the following connections: start / stop button towards the computer.
Check the conformity of the start / stop button (2 normally open contacts which switch a + 12 V feed).
Check the resistances of the steering wheel controls when the following are pressed:
resume =
pause =
plus =
minus = (if it is the same as for M2S, take the values from the EDC15C3 note again).
Carry out this check on all of the connections concerned.
Check with the driver:
1.DEF: is the inconsistency due to the cruise control and speed limiter functions being simultaneously
present?
2.DEF: do the resistance values according to the presses have an unusual line resistance or shift?
3.DEF: which inconsistency is it?

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-64

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF053

PRESENT

STORED

RAIL PRESSURE REGULATION FUNCTION

CC.1

: Short circuit to + 12 V

CC.0

: Short circuit to earth

: Open circuit

1.DEF : Internal electrical fault
2.DEF : Measured pressure too low
3.DEF : Measured pressure too high
4.DEF : Insufficient pressure
5.DEF : Pressure < minimum
6.DEF : Pressure > maximum
7.DEF : Extensive pump command
8.DEF : Extensive pump command at idle speed

CC.1

NOTES

None.

Check the flow regulator connections.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the flow regulator.
If the resistance is not: 3

Ω

±±±±

0.1 at 20˚C, replace the fuel flow regulator.

Check the insulation against + 12 V of the following connection:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track M4

Track 2 of the fuel flow regulator

If the fault persists, replace the fuel flow regulator.

CC.0

NOTES

None.

Check the flow regulator connections.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the flow regulator.
If the resistance is not: 3

Ω

±±±±

0.1 at 20˚C, replace the fuel flow regulator.

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connection:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track M4

Track 2 of the fuel flow regulator

With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 1 of the fuel flow regulator (coming
from track G1 of the Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector).

If the fault persists, replace the fuel flow regulator.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-65

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF053

CONTINUED 1

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Measure the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the flow regulator.
If the resistance is not approximately: 3

Ω

±±±±

0.1 at 20˚C, replace the fuel flow regulator.

Check the insulation, the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track M4

Track 2 of the fuel flow regulator

Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector Track G1

Track 1 of the fuel flow regulator

With the ignition on, check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 1 of the fuel flow regulator.

If the fault persists, check that the computer output stage is working correctly:

●

Either by ammeter:

With the solenoid valve connected, connect the clamp-on ammeter to the track 1 connection of the solenoid
valve (in the direction of the current).
Clear any faults in the fuel pressure solenoid valve then run command AC011:

The ammeter should display ten cycles of two successive currents: ~ 0.6 A then ~ 2 A.

●

Either by voltmeter:

With the solenoid valve connected, connect the earth cable of the voltmeter to track 2 of the fuel pressure
solenoid valve and the positive cable to track 1.
Clear any faults in the fuel pressure solenoid valve then run command AC011:

The voltmeter should display two successive voltages approximately equal to the combined voltage of

the battery and the current Opening Cyclic Ratio, i.e. successively: ~ 3.15 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio
of 25% then ~ 9.45 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 75% (ten cycles).

●

Or on the oscilloscope

(calibrated to 5 V/division and a time base of 1 ms/div):

With the solenoid valve connected, connect the earth of the oscilloscope to the battery earth and the positive
test pin to track 2 of the fuel pressure solenoid valve.
Clear any faults in the fuel pressure solenoid valve then run command AC011:

The oscilloscope should display a square wave signal with an amplitude of 12.5 V at a frequency of

185 Hz (with an Opening Cyclic Ratio which increases successively from 25 to 75 %).

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-66

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF053

CONTINUED 2

2.DEF

8.DEF

NOTES

None.

In the event of rail overpressure:
Check the operation of the injectors: see the Help "Injector fault finding" section of this note.
Check the operation of the rail pressure sensor. Diagnostic of parameter PR038, "rail pressure".

If these checks reveal no faults, replace the regulator.

In the event of rail underpressure:
Check the operation of the rail pressure sensor. Diagnostic of parameter PR038, "rail pressure".
Check the priming of the low-pressure diesel circuit.
Check the conformity of the diesel filter connections.
Check the condition of the filter (clogging and water saturation).
Check that there are no air bubbles between the filter and the high pressure pump.
Check the sealing of the low and high-pressure diesel circuits (visual checks, odour, etc.) pump housing,
overpressure valve, pipes, rail and injector unions, injector wells, etc.
Check the conformity of the seal fitting on the pressure regulator.
Check the operation of the injectors: see the Help "Injector fault finding" section of this note.

Carry out the necessary repairs.

If the fault persists, replace the fuel flow regulator first, and if the fault still persists replace the high-pressure
pump.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-67

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF054

PRESENT

STORED

TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT

CC.1 : Short circuit to + 12 V
CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
CO

Open circuit

1.DEF : Internal electrical fault

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault reappears after the fault has been cleared and:
– the engine has been started and left running for 30 seconds.
– the ignition has been switched off, followed by loss of communication with the

diagnostic tool,

– the ignition has been switched on and dialogue has been established.

Special notes:
The fault is present if:
– turbocharging is no longer authorised,
– exhaust gas recirculation is deactivated,
– the "severity 1" warning light is lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

CC.1
CO.0

NOTES

None.

Check the connections of the turbocharging solenoid valve.
Repair if necessary.

Check the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the turbocharging solenoid valve:
The resistance should be: 15.4

Ω

±±±±

0.7 at 20˚C.

Replace the solenoid valve if the resistance is outside the tolerance values.

Check the injection computer connections.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connection:
Injection computer grey 32-track connector C, Track E1

Track 1 turbocharging solenoid valve

Repair if necessary.

Check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 2 of the turbocharging solenoid valve (coming from
track G1 of the Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector).

If the fault persists, replace the turbocharging solenoid valve.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-68

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF054

CONTINUED

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the connections of the turbocharging solenoid valve.
Repair if necessary.

Check the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the turbocharging solenoid valve:
The resistance should be: 15.4

Ω

±±±±

0.7 at 20˚C.

Replace the solenoid valve if the resistance is outside the tolerance values.

Track 1 turbocharging solenoid valve

Repair if necessary.

Check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 2 of the turbocharging solenoid valve (coming from
track G1 of the Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector).

If the fault persists, check that the computer output stage is working correctly:

With the turbocharging solenoid valve connected:

●

Either by voltmeter:

Connect the voltmeter earth cable to track 1 of the solenoid valve and the positive cable to track 2.
Clear any faults in the solenoid valve, then run command AC004:

The voltmeter should display ten cycles of two successive voltages approximately equal to the

combined voltage of the battery and the current Opening Cyclic Ratio, i.e.: ~ 2.5 V (Opening Cyclic Ratio
of 20%) then ~ 8.75 V (Opening Cyclic Ratio of 70%).

●

Or on the oscilloscope

(calibrated to 5 V/division and a time base of 1 ms/div):

Connect the earth of the oscilloscope to the battery earth and the positive test pin to track 2 of the solenoid
valve.
Clear any faults in the solenoid valve, then run command AC004:

The oscilloscope should display a square wave signal with an amplitude of 12.5 V (equal to the battery

voltage) at a frequency of 140 Hz (with an Opening Cyclic Ratio increasing successively from ~ 20 to
~ 70%).
– If the measurement is correct, replace the solenoid valve.
– If the measurement does not show any control or continuous voltage, contact your Techline.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-69

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF055

PRESENT

STORED

TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE REGULATION CIRCUIT

1.DEF : Pressure too low
2.DEF : Pressure too high

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault reappears after the fault has been cleared and:
– the fault has been cleared from memory,
– the ignition has been switched off and dialogue with the diagnostic tool has been

lost,

– the ignition has been switched on and dialogue has been established with the

diagnostic tool,

– the engine has been started followed by a road test.

Special notes:
The fault is present if:
– turbocharging is no longer authorised,
– exhaust gas recirculation is deactivated,
– the severity 1 warning light is lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-70

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF055

CONTINUED 1

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the turbocharging pressure sensor connectors.
Check the connections of the wastegate solenoid valve.
Check the connectors on the engine management computer.
Repair if necessary.

Check the conformity of the turbocharging pressure signal by performing fault finding on parameter PR042.

Check the sealing of the high-pressure air circuit:
– disconnected or pierced pipes,
– pressure sensor disconnected or poorly fitted (seal present),
– exchanger pierced (to check the exchanger: with the vehicle stationary, stabilise the engine speed between

3500 and 4000 rpm and check that there are no leaks).

Check the operation of the turbocharger and its control circuit:
– With the engine stopped, make sure that the control rod is in the resting position.
– Start the engine and check that the control shaft is moved to its upper stop (when the engine is stopped, the

control shaft should return to its rest position).

If the control shaft does not move correctly, carry out the following checks:
1 Check the control vacuum pressure:
– Disconnect the solenoid valve intake hose and connect it to a pressure gauge.
– Start the engine and run it at a stabilised idle speed.
– If the vacuum pressure does not reach 800 mbar

±±±±

100: check the vacuum pressure circuit from the vacuum

pump.

– Stop the engine, reconnect the intake hose and go to step 2.
2 Solenoid valve control check:
– Disconnect the solenoid valve outlet hose.
– Start the engine and run it at a stabilised idle speed.
– Place your hand on the solenoid valve and block the outlet union with your thumb.
– If you notice no solenoid valve vibration, check the operation of the computer output stage (see DF054

1.DEF).

3 Solenoid valve operation check:
– Connect the pressure gauge to the solenoid valve outlet union.
– Start the engine and run it at a stabilised idle speed.
If the vacuum pressure does not reach 800 mbar

±±±±

100, replace the solenoid valve.

Check that the exhaust gas recirculation valve is not stuck open.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-71

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF055

CONTINUED 2

2.DEF

NOTES

Priority when dealing with a number of faults:
Deal with fault DF004: Turbocharging pressure sensor
circuit, CC.1 first if it is present or stored.

Check the turbocharging pressure sensor connectors.
Check the connections of the wastegate solenoid valve.
Check the connectors on the engine management computer.
Repair if necessary.

Check the conformity of the turbocharging pressure signal by performing fault finding on parameter PR042.

Make sure the turbocharger limit solenoid valve is not blocked open:
– With the engine stopped, disconnect the inlet and outlet hoses from the solenoid valve.
– Connect a vacuum pump to the inlet union and apply a vacuum.
– If the vacuum pressure is not maintained: replace the solenoid valve.

Check that the turbocharger operation has not seized:
– With the engine stopped, make sure the turbocharger control shaft is in the rest position.
– Apply a vacuum of 800 mbar

±±±±

100 to the hose connected to the turbocharger control diaphragm.

– If the diaphragm maintains the vacuum, check the movement and setting of the turbocharger control shaft

(Workshop Repair Manual Section 12B).

If the control rod is seized, replace the turbocharger.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-72

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF056

PRESENT

STORED

AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT

CC.1

: Short circuit to + 12 V

CO.0

: Open circuit or short circuit to earth

1.DEF : Offset at maximum threshold
2.DEF : Offset at minimum threshold
3.DEF : Parameter at maximum limit
4.DEF : Parameter at minimum limit.

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault appears after the end of the power latch followed by the + after ignition light
coming on.

Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

CC.1

NOTES

None.

Check the flowmeter sensor connections.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity and insulation against + 12 V between:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track E2

Track 2 air flowmeter

If the fault persists and remains present, replace the air flow temperature sensor.

CO.0

NOTES

None.

Check the flowmeter sensor connections.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the continuity and insulation against earth between:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track B4

Track 3 air flowmeter

If the fault persists and remains present, replace the air flow temperature sensor.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-73

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF056

CONTINUED 1

1.DEF, 2.DEF
3.DEF, 4.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the air flowmeter connectors.
Check the connectors on the engine management computer.
Repair if necessary.

Check for the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connections:

Engine management computer connector B track B4

Track 3 air flowmeter connector

Engine management computer connector B track G1

Track 5 air flowmeter connector

Engine management computer connector B track L4

Track 6 air flowmeter connector

Check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 4 of the air flowmeter connector.
Check for the presence of an earth on track 6 of the air flowmeter connector.

Check the entire air intake circuit:
– Air filter unit inlet not blocked and filter not clogged,
– No foreign bodies on the air flowmeter grille (visual check only),
Otherwise, replace the air flowmeter.
– Oil vapour recirculation circuit connection conformity,
– Low and high-pressure air circuit sealed and not obstructed: Pipes, mounting clamps present and

tightened, turbocharging pressure sensor fitted, exchanger etc.

– Check that the damper flap is open (flap control resting against the body of the air vent unit).

With the flowmeter connected, the vehicle ignition on and engine stopped:
Check the voltage across tracks 2 and 5 of the flowmeter.
If the value is not 0.6 volts

±±±±

0.1, replace the flowmeter.

Check the EGR solenoid valve is not jammed open:
– Turn off the ignition, disconnect the connector and remove the EGR valve:
If the valve is found to be jammed in the open position when it is removed, replace the EGR valve.
– Otherwise, with the valve removed and connected, establish dialogue with the tool and run command

AC002:

Check: – the position of the valve;

– closing when the command is completed.

If this test shows that the valve is jammed or irrevocably seized: replace the EGR valve.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-74

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF057

PRESENT

STORED

WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR CIRCUIT

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure:
When fault stored or present.

A) Make sure the diesel fuel water detection sensor is properly connected.
If not, clear the fault,
Carry out a road test (speed > 12 mph (20 km/h) and engine speed > 1200 rpm) for more than 30 seconds.
If the fault does not recur, end the diagnostics.
If the fault reappears, go to step B.

B) If the sensor is properly connected:
Bleed the diesel fuel filter unit (see Workshop Repair Manual Section 13A).
Clear the fault.
Carry out a road test (speed > 12 mph (20 km/h) and engine speed > 1200 rpm) for more than 30 seconds.
If the fault does not reappear, finish the fault finding procedure.

C) If the fault reappears:
Check the continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the connection between:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C, track A2

Track 3 of the water detection

sensor

Check the power supply of the water detection sensor:

+ 12 V after relay

Track 1 of the water detection sensor

Earth

Track 2 of the water detection sensor

Carry out the necessary repairs.

If none of these checks reveal a fault:
Replace the water detection sensor (Workshop Repair Manual Section 13A).
Clear the fault.
Carry out a road test (speed > 12 mph (20 km/h) and engine speed > 1200 rpm) for more than 30 seconds to
confirm the repair.

Note:
if the water level in the fuel filter unit is below the sensor's electrodes, some driving conditions (bends, slopes)
may cause the injection fault warning light to come on erroneously (in effect, the sensor's off-centre position
in the fuel filter unit, combined with the driving condition forces, cause the water detection and the light to come
on).

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-75

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

* the immobiliser warning light will flash for a few seconds after the ignition is switched off

DF066

PRESENT

STORED

INJECTOR CODES

1.DEF : Internal electronic fault during writing
2.DEF : No code stored

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
The fault reappears after:
– the fault has been cleared from memory,
– the ignition has been switched off,
– the end of power latch* and ignition has been switched on.

Special notes:
The fault is present if:
– engine speed is limited,
– the severity 1 warning light is lit.

1.DEF GR1

NOTES

None.

Switch off the ignition.
Wait until the end of power latch* and switch the ignition back on.
Establish communication.
If the fault was previously stored, clear the fault from memory and end the procedure.
If the fault is still present, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

2.DEF GR1

NOTES

None.

This fault appears on any blank computer (new or freshly (re)programmed).
Program the injector codes using:
Either command SC002: Enter injector codes,
Or command SC001: Write data after replacing computer.
(refer to the procedures outlined in the Help section).
After the codes have been written:
Switch off the ignition.
Wait until the end of power latch* and switch the ignition back on.
Set up communications and clear the fault memory.
End of the procedure.
If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-76

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF067

PRESENT

STORED

DAMPER CONTROL CIRCUIT

CC.1

: Short circuit to + 12 V

CC.0

: Short circuit to earth

: Open circuit

1.DEF : Internal electrical fault

NOTES

Conditions for applying fault finding to a stored fault for CC.1, CO and 1.DEF:
If the fault reappears after the fault has been cleared and:
– the engine has been started and left running for 10 seconds,
– the ignition has been switched off, followed by loss of communication with the

diagnostic tool,

– the ignition has been switched on and dialogue has been established.

Special notes:
The fault is present if:
– the vehicle is noisy when the engine is stopped (CC.1, CO, 1.DEF),
– it is difficult or even impossible to start the vehicle (CC.0),
– the "severity 2" warning light is lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

CC.1
CO.0

NOTES

None.

Check the damper flap solenoid valve connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the damper flap solenoid valve:
The resistance should be between: 43 and 49

Ω

at 25

°°°°

Replace the solenoid valve if the resistance is outside the tolerance values.

Check the injection computer connections.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connection:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track J4

Track 1 damper flap solenoid

valve

Repair if necessary.

Check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 2 of the damper flap solenoid valve (coming from
track G2 of the Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector).

If the fault persists, replace the damper valve solenoid valve.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-77

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF067

CONTINUED

1.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the damper flap solenoid valve connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the resistance across tracks 1 and 2 of the damper flap solenoid valve:
The resistance should be between: 43 and 49

Ω

at 25

°°°°

Replace the solenoid valve if the resistance is outside the tolerance values.

Check the injection computer connections.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connection:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track J4

Track 1 damper flap solenoid valve

Repair if necessary.

Check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 2 of the damper flap solenoid valve (coming from
track G2 of the Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector).

If the fault persists, check that the computer output stage is working correctly:
With the damper flap solenoid valve:
connect the negative test pin of the voltmeter to track 1 of the solenoid valve,
connect the positive test pin of the voltmeter to track 2 of the solenoid valve,
run command AC014:

The voltmeter should display ten cycles of two successive voltages approximately equal to the combined

voltage of the battery and the current Opening Cyclic Ratio.

i.e.: ~ 2.5 V (Opening Cyclic Ratio of 20%) then ~ 8.75 V (Opening Cyclic Ratio of 70%).

If the voltmeter does not register control during the entire command time (ten cycles per second), contact your
Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-78

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF069

PRESENT

STORED

IMPACT DETECTION SIGNAL

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure:
When fault stored or present.

Special notes:
The fault appears when the injection computer receives a frontal impact signal from the
airbag computer via the multiplex network.
When the injection computer receives this signal, engine operation is inhibited and the
"severity level 2" warning light is lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

If the vehicle has been involved in an accident:
carry out any necessary repairs,
– clear the fault,
– switch off the ignition,
– wait for the immobiliser indicator light to flash,
– switch on the ignition.
If the fault does not recur, end the diagnostics.
If the fault reappears, carry out fault finding on the AIRBAG computer.

If the vehicle has not been involved in an accident

, carry out fault finding on the AIRBAG computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-79

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF070

PRESENT

STORED

CLUTCH SWITCH CIRCUIT

1.DEF : Signal absent
2.DEF : Inconsistent signal

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault reappears after the fault has been cleared and:
– the ignition has been switched off and dialogue with the diagnostic tool has been

lost,

– the ignition has been switched on followed by a road test at above 60 mph

(100 km/h) for 10 seconds.

Special note:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF
2.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the conformity of the clutch switch:
From the STATES screen on your diagnostic tool, display state ET040 clutch pedal:
clutch pedal position "engaged" ET040 should be RELEASED
clutch pedal position "released" ET040 should be PRESSED.
If these checks are correct, clear the fault and exit the fault finding procedure.

Carry out a check on the clutch pedal switch connections.
Check the adjustment of the clutch switch.
Repair if necessary.

Check the injection computer connections.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connection:

Injection computer black 32-track connector A, Track C4

Track 1 clutch pedal switch

Repair if necessary.

Check for the presence of an earth on track 2 of the clutch pedal switch.
Repair if necessary.

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-80

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF091

PRESENT

STORED

VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

1.DEF

: Inconsistency of the signal

2.DEF : No signal
3.DEF : Configuration absent or incorrect
4.DEF : Signal outside upper limit

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
The fault is declared present during a road test.

Special note:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF
2.DEF
3.DEF
4.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the connections of the ABS computer.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Perform fault finding on the Anti-lock Braking System.
If no fault is present or stored, perform fault finding on the multiplex network.

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-81

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF097

PRESENT

STORED

CAMSHAFT SENSOR CIRCUIT

1.DEF : Signal absent
2.DEF : Inconsistent signal

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault reappears as present after:
– the engine has been started and the engine has been running for one minute.

Special notes:
If the fault appears with the engine running: the engine is not stopped.
If the fault is present when starting: starting is impossible.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF
2.DEF

NOTES

Priority in the event of a combination of faults:
Deal with fault DF046: Battery voltage first if it is present or
stored.
If faults: DF056, DF057 and DF067 appear together, check
the conformity of the + 12 V supply line after relay, from
track G2 of Protection and Switching Unit PPM1
connector (via the wire joint).
(Use the Wiring Diagrams Technical Note for your vehicle).

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF097

CONTINUED

Check the camshaft sensor connectors.
Check the position and mounting of the camshaft sensor.
Also check its general condition (damaged housing, heating up, etc.).
Carry out the necessary repairs.

Check the injection computer connections.
Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, track D1

Track 2 camshaft sensor

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, track A1

Track 1 camshaft sensor

With the ignition switched on and the camshaft sensor connected:
Use a voltmeter to measure the voltage across tracks 1 and 3 of the camshaft sensor:
(This voltage should be equal to the battery voltage to within 0.08 V)
If the voltage is outside the tolerance values, take the measurement again with the camshaft sensor
disconnected,

– if the voltage is still outside the tolerance values, check the continuity and the absence of

interference resistance on the following connection:

Camshaft sensor, track 3

Track G2 Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector (via

wire joint)

– if the voltage changes to within the tolerance values, replace the camshaft sensor.

With the starter motor turning:
Use an oscilloscope to check the conformity of the camshaft sensor signal (absence of interference, micro-
breaks, etc.).
If there is a fault, check the engine earths and that the engine wiring harness is positioned correctly.

If the problem persists,
– check the tension of the timing belt,
– check the timing adjustment.

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-82

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-83

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF098

PRESENT

STORED

FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
CO.1 : Open circuit or short circuit to +12 V

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault appears after the engine has been running for 2 minutes.

Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.
The default value is 40

°°°°

CC.0

NOTES

None.

Check the fuel temperature sensor connectors.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of the fuel temperature sensor across tracks 1 and 2.
Replace the sensor if the resistance is not approximately:

3820

Ω

±±±±

282 at 20

°°°°

2050

Ω

±±±±

100 at 25

°°°°

810

Ω

±±±±

47 at 50

°°°°

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connection:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track H2

Track 1 Fuel temperature sensor

Also check its insulation against the following connection:

Injection computer grey 32-track connector C, track F

Track 2 Fuel temperature sensor

If the fault persists and remains present, replace the fuel temperature sensor.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-84

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF098

CONTINUED

FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

CC.0 : Short circuit to earth

CO.1

NOTES

None.

Check the fuel temperature sensor connectors.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Measure the resistance of the fuel temperature sensor across tracks 1 and 2.
Replace the fuel temperature sensor if the resistance is not approximately:

3820

Ω

±±±±

282 at 20

°°°°

2050

Ω

±±±±

100 at 25

°°°°

810

Ω

±±±±

47 at 50

°°°°

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the following connection:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track H2

Track 1 fuel temperature sensor

If the fault persists and remains present, replace the fuel temperature sensor.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF114

PRESENT

STORED

EGR SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT (EGR valve flow)

1.DEF :

Inadequate EGR valve flow

2.DEF :

Excessive EGR valve flow

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault is declared present after the engine has been started and has run at idling
speed for 40 seconds.

Special notes:
The fault is present if:
– exhaust gas recirculation is deactivated,
– vehicle output is reduced and smoke could appear,
– the severity 1 warning light is lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF
2.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the connections of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Check the injection computer connections. Repair if necessary.

Check the resistance of the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve across tracks 1 and 5. If the resistance
is not approximately 8

Ω

±±±±

0.5

Ω

at 20

°°°°

C then replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.

Check the absence of interference resistance and the insulation of the following connections:

Protection and Switching Unit connector
PPM1 Track G1

Track 1

exhaust gas recirculation valve
connector

Injection computer brown 48-track
connector B track L2

Track 5

exhaust gas recirculation valve
connector

Check that there are no leaks in the exhaust gas recirculation circuit.
Check the operation of the EGR valve:
– disconnect the connector and remove the EGR valve,

– - if removal reveals that its valve is jammed in the open position, replace the EGR valve.

– otherwise, remove the valve and reconnect the connector,
– clear the fault and run command AC002:
– Check: – the position of the valve,

– the absence of play between the valve and its control rod, and its general condition (clogging,

hard point, etc.),

– the valve closure when the command has ended.

If no valve movement is detected during command AC002, or if it indicates an irreparable seizing or blockage,
replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.

Edition 3

13B-85

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF117

PRESENT

STORED

EGR VALVE OFFSET

1.DEF : Inconsistent EGR offset 1
2.DEF : Inconsistent EGR offset 2
3.DEF : Inconsistent EGR offset 3
4.DEF : Inconsistent signal

NOTES

Special notes:
If the fault is present, there will be a significant amount of smoke, the turbocharger and
the EGR valve will be blocked and the severity 1 warning light will be lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF
2.DEF
3.DEF
4.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the EGR valve connections.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-86

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF118

PRESENT

STORED

EGR SOLENOID VALVE SERVO-CONTROL

1.DEF :

Inadequate EGR valve flow

2.DEF :

Excessive EGR valve flow

NOTES

Special notes:
If the fault is present, there will be a significant amount of smoke, the turbocharger and
the exhaust gas recirculation valve will be blocked and the severity 1 warning light will
be lit.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

1.DEF
2.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the connections of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-87

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

13B-88

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF119

STORED

CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL

1.DEF : Sporadic absence of signal
2.DEF : Sporadic inconsistency of signal

NOTES

Special note:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the engine management computer
connectors.

Check the camshaft sensor connections.
Check the position and mounting of the camshaft sensor.
Also check its general condition (damaged housing, heating up, etc.).
Carry out the necessary repairs.

Check the injection computer connections.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation of the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, track D1

Track 2 camshaft sensor

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, track A1

Track 1 camshaft sensor

– if the voltage is still outside the tolerance values, check the continuity and absence of interference

resistance on the following connection:

Camshaft sensor, track 3

Track G2 Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector (via wire

joint)

– if the voltage changes to within the tolerance values, replace the camshaft sensor.

With the starter turning and the engine running:
Use an oscilloscope to check the conformity of the camshaft sensor signal (absence of interference, micro-
breaks, etc.).
If there is a fault, check the engine earths and that the engine wiring harness is positioned correctly.

If the problem persists,
– check the tension of the timing belt,
– check the timing adjustment.

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of faults

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DF120

STORED

ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

1.DEF : Sporadic absence of signal
2.DEF : Sporadic inconsistency of signal

NOTES

Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to the stored fault:
If the fault is declared present after successive starting attempts or with the engine
running.

Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for any work on the computer connectors.
The engine speed sensor is consistent with the camshaft sensor.
If the fault is present, the severity 2 warning light will light up.

1.DEF
2.DEF

NOTES

None.

Check the top dead centre sensor connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check that the sensor / engine flywheel air gap is correct: 0.5 to 1.8 mm.

Check the resistance of the top dead centre sensor across terminals A and B of its black connector.
The coil resistance is 800

±±±±

Ω

at an engine coolant temperature of 20

°°°°

Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, track B1

Track A Top Dead Centre sensor

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, track C1

Track B Top Dead Centre sensor

Repair if necessary.

Check the top dead centre signal using an oscilloscope:
If there is a fault, check that the sensor is properly attached and that the engine flywheel target is not damaged.

If the fault persists, contact your Techline before replacing the computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Deal with any other possible faults. Clear the faults from the computer memory.
Switch the ignition off and carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic
tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-89

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-90

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Fault finding - Conformity check

MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

*IMA: Injector code programming scenario.

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine stopped, ignition on.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Vehicle

impact

ET077:

Impact
detected

YES

In the event of a problem,

apply the fault finding

procedure for fault DF069.

Feed

ET001:

Computer +
after ignition
feed

PRESENT

ABSENT

In the event of a problem,

carry out fault finding on the

charging circuit and refer to the
fault finding procedure for state

ET001.

PR071:

Computer
supply voltage

9 V < X < 19 V

PR072:

Linearised
sensor feed
voltage

3.47 < X < 3.75 V

(Average of the three

sensor supply

voltages)

In the event of a problem,

refer to sensor feed fault finding

procedure DF011 to DF013.

PR076:

Refrigerant
sensor voltage

0 V < X < 5 V

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF049

Speed

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's

speed in rpm.

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF005

Injection

configuration

ET104:

Running
injector codes

YES (IMA* active)

NO (IMA* inactive)

FAULTY (No codes in

memory - IMA*

active, not

programmed)

In the event of a problem,

check that the injector codes

have been correctly

programmed.

Restart the IMA Scenario or

command SC002:

Programming injector codes

Pressure

PR035:

Atmospheric
pressure

Gives the atmospheric

pressure in mbar. The

sensor is incorporated

in the computer.

Default value:

750 mbar

If the fault persists, refer to

the fault finding procedure for

fault DF003.

PR038:

Rail pressure

0 < X < 0.2 bar

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF007

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-91

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Temperature

PR059:

Inlet air temperature

Gives the intake air

temperature

Cold: PR061 = PR059

Warm: 43˚C

Default value: 20˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR059

PR064:

Coolant
temperature

Gives the coolant

temperature in ˚C.

Warm: 90˚C

Default value: 119˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR064

Preheating

ET007:

Preheater control
unit

INACTIVE

ACTIVE

In the event of a

problem, perform a

diagnostic of state

ET007.

Torque

PR015:

Engine torque

X = 0 Nm

NONE

Charging

circuit

PR016:

Alternator flow

X = 0 mA

In the event of a

problem, check the

alternator charging

circuit.

Speed signal

PR089:

Vehicle speed

Gives the vehicle

speed in km/h. This

parameter is

transmitted by the ABS

computer or by the
vehicle speed unit.

This signal is

transmitted to the

injection system on the

multiplex network.

Test the multiplex

network.

Refer to the ABS Fault

Finding Technical Note.

Reverse gear

signal

ET035:

Reverse gear signal

ABSENT

PRESENT

In the event of a

problem, refer to fault

DF070.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-92

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

AIR CIRCULATION (TURBOCHARGING/INTAKE) (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

*OCR: Opening Cyclic Ratio

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given merely as examples.
Test conditions: engine stopped, ignition on.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Temperature

PR061:

External air
temperature

Gives the external air

temperature in ˚C. This
parameter is controlled

by the UCH and

transmitted to the

injection on the

multiplex network.

Default value: 20˚C

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding procedure
for this fault described

in the UCH fault finding

note.

PR059:

Inlet air
temperature

Gives the intake air

temperature

Default value: 20˚C

Cold: PR061 = PR059

Warm: 30˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR071

Pressure

PR035:

Atmospheric
pressure

Gives the atmospheric

temperature in mbar.

The sensor is

incorporated in the

computer.

Default value:

750 mbar

If the fault persists,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault

DF003.

PR042:

Filtered
turbocharging
pressure

PR042 = PR035 =

Atmospheric

pressure

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF004.

PR009:

Turbocharging
pressure setpoint

790 < X < 1010 mbar

NONE

Turbocharging

PR047:

Turbocharging
pressure OCR

X = 5%

The opening cyclic ratio

should be identical to

the correction of the

solenoid valve position

PR011:

Turbocharging
solenoid valve
position sensor

X = 5%

Air circulation

PR018:

Estimated air flow

X = 0 kg/h

NONE

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF067.

PR050:

Damper flap OCR

X = 5%

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-93

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

AIR CIRCULATION (TURBOCHARGING/INTAKE) (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Sensor feed

PR081:

Inlet temperature
sensor voltage

1.90 < X < 2.10 V

Default value: 5 V

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF039

PR079:

Atmospheric
pressure sensor
voltage

3.80 < X < 4 V

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF003

PR073:

Air flowmeter supply
voltage

X = 0.6 V

Default value: 5 V

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF056

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-94

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

FUEL / LPG CIRCUIT (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Engine

running

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's

speed in rpm.

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF005

Temperature

PR063:

Fuel temperature

Gives the fuel

temperature

Cold: 22˚C

Warm: 62˚C

Default value: 100˚C

In the event of a problem,
refer to the interpretation of

parameter PR063

Pressure

PR008:

Rail pressure
setpoint

Gives the theoretical

pressure value for

optimum engine

operation

X = 250 bar

None.

PR048:

Rail pressure
regulation valve
Opening Cyclic
Ratio

X = 15%

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF007

PR038:

Rail pressure

X = 0 bar

Default value: 250 bar

PR024:

Fuel pressure
difference

X = 250 bar

PR024 = PR008 -

PR038

The pressure difference

calculated is the difference

between the rail pressure

and the rail pressure

setpoint. In the event of a

problem, refer to the fault
finding procedure for fault

DF007.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-95

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

FUEL / LPG CIRCUIT (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Flow

PR017:

Fuel flow

0 < X < 60 mg/stroke

Cold: 26.1 mg/stroke

None.

Rail current

PR006:

Rail pressure
regulator current

X = 395 mA

Default value:

1600 mA or 4 mA

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF007

PR007:

Rail pressure
regulator current
setpoint

X = 400 mA

Default value:

1600 mA

None.

Rail supply

PR082:

Fuel temperature
sensor voltage

1.8 < X < 3 V

Default value: 5 V

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for sensor supply

voltage faults DF011,

DF012 and DF013.

PR080:

Rail pressure
sensor voltage

X = 0.5 V

Default value: 5 V

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-96

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Engine running

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's

speed in rpm

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF005

Exhaust gas

recirculation

PR046:

EGR solenoid valve
Opening Cycle
Ratio

X = 5 %

5 < X < 95%

None.

PR005:

EGR valve opening
setpoint

Gives a theoretical

EGR valve opening

value for optimum

engine operation.

PR005 = PR051

X = 0%

PR051:

EGR valve position
feedback

X = 0%

PR005 = PR051

PR022:

EGR valve position
feedback loop
variance

X = 15%

Air regulation

PR004:

EGR valve air flow
setpoint

590 < X < 620 mg/

stroke

None.

PR131:

EGR air flow
difference

ET078:

Air regulation

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

Sensor feed

PR077:

EGR valve position
sensor voltage

1.6 < X < 1.08 V

Cold: 0.99 V

Warm:

Default value: 0 V

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF016.

EGR valve

calibration

PR128:

First EGR valve
offset

18.8 < X < 20.6%

(average value)

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for faults DF017.

PR129:

Last EGR valve
offset

X = 20%

(average value)

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-97

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

COLD LOOP (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Air

conditioning

detection

ET079:

Air conditioning
present

Indicates whether the

vehicle is fitted with air

conditioning or not.

– YES: Air conditioning is

detected by the injection
computer.

– NO: Air conditioning is

not detected by the
injection computer.

If inconsistent with

the vehicle

equipment, perform
a multiplex network

test and apply the

associated
procedure.

Engine

running

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's speed

in rpm.

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding

procedure for fault

DF005

Driver's

control

ET088:

Request to start
compressor

INACTIVE

None.

ET004:

Air conditioning
authorised

Air

conditioning

system

PR053:

Engine speed
requested by air
conditioning

X = 0 rpm

None.

Pressure

PR037:

Refrigerant
pressure

X = 0 bar

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding

procedure for fault

DF049.

Output

PR125:

Power used by the
AC compressor

X = 300 W

NONE

Cooling

ET022:

Fan low-speed
request

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

None.

ET021:

High-speed fan
request

ET014:

Check cooling fan 1

STOPPED

RUNNING

ET015:

Check cooling fan 2

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature

Gives the coolant
temperature in ˚C

Warm: 90˚C

Default value: 119˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR064

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-98

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

COLD LOOP (EDC16X84 VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only check the conformity after a full check using the fault finding tool. The values
indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Application condition: engine off, ignition on.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Set number of

RCH

ET111:

Set number of RCH.
YES - NO

The RCH's are

managed by the UCH.

They are heavy

electrical consumers.

Their use therefore

depends on the power

available at each

moment in time

(alternator power).

The injection system

will compute a balance

of the mechanical

power available

according to engine

operating conditions
(torque, power, etc.),

so as to authorise,

limit or stop their

operation.

(This information is

sent via the CAN to the

UCH).

NB: When the RCH's

are actuated, the

injection system must

respond to a fast idle

speed request from the

UCH.

None.

RCH cutoff

ET112:

RCH cutoff
YES - NO

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-99

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DRIVER PARAMETERS (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

(*) PEDAL VOLTAGES - COLD, IGNITION OFF (Average values given for information purposes).

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Engine running

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's

speed in rpm.

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF005.

Accelerator

pedal position

PR003:

Pedal load (*)

Indicates the

percentage of the

pedal position between

no load and full load

position

X = 0%

(if there is no

pressure on the

pedal)

0% < X < 125%

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF008.

Sensor feed

PR086:

Pedal potentiometer
track 1 voltage

0.70 < X < 0.80 V

The voltage value of

track 2 is roughly equal

to half of the voltage

value of track 1.

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for faults DF008 and

DF009.

PR088:

Pedal potentiometer
track 2 voltage

0.35 < X < 0.40 V

Pedal load

25%

50%

100%

120%

Voltage track 1

0.76 V

1.52 V

2.09 V

3.23 V

3.68 V

Voltage track 2

0.37 V

0.74 V

1.02 V

1.56 V

1.79 V

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-100

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

HEATING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Output

PR127:

Heating resistor
maximum
authorised power

The injection gives the

maximum authorised

power (in watts) for

the operation of the

heating resistors

X = 0 W

None.

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature

Gives the coolant

temperature in ˚C.

Warm: 90˚C

Default value: 119˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR064.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-101

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

CRUISE CONTROL - SPEED LIMITER (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Cruise control

PR089:

Vehicle speed

Gives the vehicle

speed in km/h. This

parameter is

transmitted by the

ABS computer or by

the vehicle speed
unit. This signal is

transmitted to the

injection system on

the multiplex

network.

Test the multiplex

network.

Refer to the vehicle's
ABS or gearbox fault

finding note if faults arise.

PR130:

Cruise control
setpoint

X = 0 mph

The cruise control

setpoint is selected by

the driver.

ET042:

Cruise control/
Speed limiter

INACTIVE when no
buttons are pressed

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of state

ET042

STATE 1: Cruise
control start/stop
button pressed

Activates the green

indicator light on the

instrument panel and

emits a beep when it

switches off

STATE 2: Speed
limiter start/stop
button pressed

("set

Activates the orange

indicator light on the

instrument panel and

emits a beep when it

switches off

STATE 3: Increase
button pressed

("set

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of state

ET042

STATE 4: Decrease
button pressed
("OFF")

STATE 5: Suspend
button pressed

STATE 6: Resume
button pressed

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-102

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

CRUISE CONTROL - SPEED LIMITER (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Cruise control

(continued)

ET032:

Deactivation of
cruise control/speed
limiter

(a single state can
be associated with
it)

STATE 1: Anti-skid
request

When a state between

STATE 1 and STATE 9

is active, then associated
state ET032 also passes
to active and immediately

deactivates the cruise

control requested by the

driver.

STATE 2: Brake
pedal depressed

STATE 3: Cruise
control or speed
limiter fault

STATE 4: Uncouple
brake box motor
depressed

STATE 5: Fault
detected by injection
computer

STATE 6: Vehicle
speed invalid

STATE 7: Suspend
button pressed

STATE 8: Gear
selector lever in
neutral

STATE 9:
Inconsistency
between the request
and the vehicle
speed

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-103

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

CRUISE CONTROL - SPEED LIMITER (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Brake contact

ET012:

Primary brake
contact

Indicates

recognition of

brake pedal

contacts

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for state ET012

ET013:

Secondary brake
contact

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for state ET013

Clutch contact

ET040:

Clutch pedal

Indicates

recognition of

brake pedal

contacts

RELEASED

DEPRESSED

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for state ET040

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-104

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ENGINE COOLING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature

Gives the coolant

temperature in ˚C.

Warm: 90˚C

Default value: 119˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR064

Cooling fan

ET014:

Check cooling fan 1

STOPPED

RUNNING

In the event of a

problem, test the

multiplex network and

deal with the faults

present.

If the Protection and

Switching Unit can

no longer recognise

the frames from the

injection (or vice

versa), then the fan

will run continually

until the battery has

been completely

discharged.

ET015:

Check cooling fan 2

ET022:

Fan low-speed
request

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

ET021:

High-speed fan
request

Sensor feed

PR084:

Coolant
temperature sensor
voltage.

X = 3.14 V

Default value: 119˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF001

If the Protection and

Switching Unit no

longer recognises

the frames from the

injection (or vice

versa), then the fan

will run continually

until the battery has

been completely

discharged.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-105

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

IGNITION/PREHEATING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Feed

ET001:

Computer + after
ignition feed

PRESENT

ABSENT

In the event of a

problem, carry out

fault finding on the

charging circuit and

refer to the fault

finding procedure for

state ET001.

Engine running

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's speed

in rpm.

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding

procedure for fault

DF005

Temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature

Gives the coolant

temperature in ˚C.

Warm: 90˚C

Default value: 119˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter

PR064

PR059:

Inlet air
temperature

Gives the intake air

temperature

Cold: PR061

Warm: 43˚C

Default value: 20˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter

DF059

Preheating

ET007:

Preheater control
unit

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding

procedure for faults

DF017 and DF025

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-106

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

STARTING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

PROTECTION (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Feed

ET001:

Computer + after
ignition feed

PRESENT

ABSENT

In the event of a

problem, carry out fault
finding on the charging

circuit and refer to the

fault finding procedure for

state ET001.

Starting

ET076:

Starting

AUTHORISED:

The injection system

authorises starting

PROHIBITED:

The injection system

does not authorise

starting.

If state ET076 is at

"PROHIBITED", then

perform a complete

diagnostic of the

preheating system.

Engine

operation

ET038:

Engine

STOPPED

STALLS

UNDER STARTER

None.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Immobiliser

ET006:

Code
programmed

YES

If state ET003 is ACTIVE ,

then refer to the "Help"

facility in the tool.

ET003:

Immobiliser

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

Vehicle impact

ET077:

Impact detected

YES

In the event of a

problem, apply the fault

finding procedure for fault

DF069.

Starting

ET076:

Starting

AUTHORISED

The injection system

authorises starting

PROHIBITED

The injection system

does not authorise

starting.

If state ET076 is at

"PROHIBITED", then

perform a complete

diagnostic of the

preheating system.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-107

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Fault finding - Conformity check

MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

*IMA: Injector code programming scenario

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Vehicle

impact

ET077:

Impact
detected

YES

In the event of a problem,

apply the fault finding

procedure for fault DF069.

Feed

ET001:

Computer +
after ignition
feed

PRESENT

In the event of a problem,

carry out fault finding on the

charging circuit and refer to
the fault finding procedure for

state ET001.

PR071:

Computer
supply voltage

9 V < X < 19 V

PR072:

Linearised
sensor feed
voltage

0 V < X < 5 V

(Average of the three

sensor supply

voltages)

In the event of a problem,

refer to sensor feed fault finding

procedure DF011 to DF013.

PR076:

Refrigerant
sensor voltage

0 V < X < 5 V

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF049

Speed

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's

speed in rpm.

X = 800 rpm

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF005

Injection

configuration

ET104:

Running
injector codes

YES (IMA* active)

NO (IMA* inactive)

FAULTY (No codes in

memory - IMA*

active, not

programmed)

In the event of a problem,

check that the injector codes

have been correctly

programmed.

Restart the IMA Scenario or

command SC002:

Programming injector codes

Pressure

PR035:

Atmospheric
pressure

Gives the atmospheric

pressure in mbar. The

sensor is incorporated

in the computer.

Default value:

7500 mbar

If the fault persists, refer to

the fault finding procedure for

fault DF003.

PR038:

Rail pressure

250 < X < 300 bar

Pmax = 1350 bar

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF007

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-108

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

MAIN COMPUTER STATES AND PARAMETERS (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Temperature

PR059:

Inlet air temperature

Gives the coolant

temperature in ˚C.

Warm: 90˚C

Default value: 119˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR059

PR064:

Coolant
temperature

Gives the coolant

temperature in ˚C.

Warm: 90˚C

Default value: 119˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR064

Preheating

ET007:

Preheater control
unit

INACTIVE

ACTIVE

(When starting)

In the event of a fault,
refer to the fault finding

procedure for state

ET007.

Torque

PR015:

Engine torque

When starting:

25 < X < 40 Nm

When warm:

10 < X < 25 Nm

With air conditioning:

30 < X < 35 Nm

At idle speed:

2 < X < 4 Nm

None.

Charging

circuit

PR016:

Alternator flow

After starting:

20 < X < 28 mA

When warm:

10 < X < 20 mA

With consumers:

25 < X < 36 mA

With acceleration:

19 < X < 26 mA

Idle speed when

cold:

14 < X < 16 mA

In the event of a

problem, check the
"alternator charging

circuit".

Driver signal

PR089:

Vehicle speed

Gives the vehicle

speed in km/h. This

signal is transmitted to

the injection system on

the multiplex network.

Test the multiplex

network. Refer to the

vehicle's ABS or

gearbox fault finding

note if faults appear.

Reverse gear

signal

ET035:

Reverse gear signal

ABSENT

PRESENT

In the event of a

problem, perform the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF070

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-109

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

AIR CIRCULATION (TURBOCHARGING / INTAKE) (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

* OCR: Opening Cyclic Ratio

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Temperature

PR061:

External air
temperature

Gives the external air

temperature in ˚C. This
parameter is controlled

by the UCH and

transmitted to the

injection on the

multiplex network.

Default value: 20˚C

In the event of a

problem, apply the fault

finding procedure for

this fault described in

the UCH fault finding

note.

PR059:

Inlet air
temperature

Gives the intake air

temperature

Default value: 20˚C

When cold:

PR061 = PR059

Warm: 30˚C

If the fault persists,

refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR071.

Pressure

PR035:

Atmospheric
pressure

Gives the atmospheric

pressure in mbar. The
sensor is incorporated

in the computer.

Default value:

750 mbar

If the fault persists, refer

to the interpretation of

PR035

PR042:

Filtered
turbocharging
pressure

PR042 = PR035 =

Atmospheric

pressure

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF004.

PR009:

Turbocharging
pressure setpoint

790 < X < 1010 mbar

None.

Turbocharging

PR047:

Turbocharging
pressure OCR

Cold: X = 70%

Warm: X = 85%

The opening cyclic ratio

should be identical to

the correction of the

solenoid valve position

PR011:

Turbocharging
solenoid valve
position sensor

Cold: X = 70%

Warm: X = 85%

Air circulation

PR018:

Estimated air flow

X = 48 kg/h

NONE

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF067.

PR050:

Damper flap OCR

X = 5%

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

AIR CIRCULATION (TURBOCHARGING / INTAKE) (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Sensor feed

PR081:

Inlet temperature
sensor voltage

X = 2.34 V

Default value: 5 V

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF039

PR079:

Atmospheric
pressure sensor
voltage

X = 3.95 V

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF003

PR073:

Air flowmeter supply
voltage

1.5 < X < 2.2 V

Default value: 5 V

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF056

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-110

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

FUEL/LPG CIRCUIT (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Engine

running

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's speed

in rpm.

X = 800 rpm

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF0005

Temperature

PR063:

Fuel temperature

Gives the fuel

temperature

Cold: 22˚C

Warm: 55˚C

Default value: 100˚C

In the event of a problem,
refer to the interpretation of

parameter PR063

Pressure

PR008:

Rail pressure
setpoint

Gives the theoretical

pressure value for

optimum engine

operation

250 < X < 260 bar

None.

PR048:

RCO gallery
pressure
regulation valve

X = 40 %

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF007

PR038:

Rail pressure

250 < X < 260 bar

Default value: 250 bar

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF007

PR024:

Fuel pressure
difference

X = 250 bar

PR024 = PR008 - PR038

The pressure difference

calculated is the difference

between the rail pressure

and the rail pressure

setpoint. In the event of a

problem, refer to the fault

finding procedure for fault

DF007.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-111

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

FUEL/LPG CIRCUIT (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Flow

PR017:

Fuel flow

6 < X < 7 mg/stroke

None.

Rail current

PR006:

Rail pressure
regulator current

1320 < X < 1350 mA

Default value:

1600 mA or 4 mA

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for fault DF007

PR007:

Rail pressure
regulator current
setpoint

1320 < X < 1350 mA

Default value:

1600 mA

None.

Rail supply

PR082:

Fuel temperature
sensor voltage

1.50 < X < 1.55 V

Default value: 5 V

In the event of a problem,

refer to the fault finding

procedure for faults DF011,

DF012 and DF013

concerning sensor power

supply voltage.

PR080:

Rail pressure
sensor voltage

1.10 < X < 1.2 V

Default value: 5 V

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-112

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

ANTIPOLLUTION / OBD (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Engine running

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's

speed in rpm.

X = 800 rpm

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF005

Exhaust gas

recirculation

PR046:

EGR solenoid valve
OCR

43.7 < X < 44%

None.

PR005:

EGR valve opening
setpoint

Gives a theoretical

EGR valve opening

value for optimum

engine operation.

PR005 = PR051

5 < X < 95%

PR051:

EGR valve position
feedback

PR005 = PR051

5 < X < 95%

PR022:

EGR valve position
feedback loop
variance

35 < X < 36.5 %

Air regulation

PR004:

EGR valve air flow
setpoint

275 < X < 280 mg/

stroke

None.

PR131:

EGR air flow
difference

ET078:

Air regulation

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

Sensor feed

PR077:

EGR valve position
sensor voltage

X = 1 V

Cold: 0.99 V

Warm:

Default value: 0 V

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF016.

EGR valve

calibration

PR128:

First EGR valve
offset

18.8 < X < 20.6%

(average value)

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF017.

PR129:

Last EGR valve
offset

X = 20%

(average value)

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Edition 3

13B-113

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

COLD LOOP (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Air

conditioning

detection

ET079:

Air conditioning
present

Indicates whether the
vehicle is fitted with
air conditioning or
not.
– YES: Air

conditioning is
detected by the
injection computer.

– NO: Air conditioning

is not detected by
the injection
computer.

If inconsistent with the

vehicle equipment,

perform a multiplex

network test and apply

the associated

procedure.

Engine running

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's

speed in rpm.

X = 800 rpm

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF005

Driver's control

ET088:

Request to start
compressor

YES

None.

ET004:

Air conditioning
authorised

YES

Air

conditioning

system

PR053:

Engine speed
requested by air
conditioning

X = 0 rpm

None.

Pressure

PR037:

Refrigerant
pressure

0 < X < 32 bar

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

Output

PR125:

Power consumed by
the compressor

X = 300 W

300 < X < 5000 W

None.

Cooling

ET022:

Fan low-speed
request

INACTIVE

ACTIVE

None.

ET021:

High-speed fan
request

ET014:

Check cooling fan 1

STOPPED

RUNNING

ET015:

Check cooling fan 2

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature

Gives the coolant

temperature in ˚C.

Warm: 90˚C

Default value: 119˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR064

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-114

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

COLD LOOP (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

The RCH's are

managed by the UCH.

They are heavy

electrical

consumers. Their

use therefore

depends on the

power available at

each moment in time

(alternator power).

The injection system

will compute a

balance of the

mechanical power

available according
to engine operating

conditions (torque,

power, etc.), so as to

authorise, limit or

stop their operation.

(This information is

sent via the CAN to

the UCH).

NB: When the RCH's

are actuated, the

injection system

must respond to a

fast idle speed

request from the

UCH.

None.

Set number of

RCH

ET111:

Set number of RCH
YES - NO

RCH

cutoff

ET112:

RCH cutoff
YES - NO

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-115

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

DRIVER PARAMETERS (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

(*) PEDAL VOLTAGE (average values given for information purposes).

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Engine running

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's

speed in rpm.

X = 800 rpm

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF005

Pedal position

PR003:

Pedal load

Indicates the

percentage of the

pedal position between

no load and full load

position

X = 0%

(if there is no

pressure on the

pedal)

0% < X < 125%

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for faults DF008 and

DF009

Sensor feed

PR086:

Pedal potentiometer
track 1 voltage

0.70 < X < 0.80 V

The voltage value of

track 2 is roughly equal

to half of the voltage

value of track 1.

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for faults DF008 and

DF009.

PR088:

Pedal potentiometer
track 2 voltage

0.35 < X < 0.40 V

Engine speed (in rpm)

1500

2000

3000

Pedal load

3.9%

6.2%

8.9%

Voltage on track 1

1.06 V

1.12 V

1.16 V

Voltage on track 2

0.53 V

0.56 V

0.58 V

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-116

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

HEATING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Output

PR127:

Heating resistor
maximum
authorised power

The injection gives the

maximum authorised

power (in watts) for

the operation of the

heating resistors

X = 0 W

None.

Coolant

temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature

Gives the coolant

temperature in ˚C.

When warm: 90˚C

Default value: 119˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR064

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-117

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Cruise control

PR089:

Vehicle speed

Gives the vehicle

speed in km/h. This

parameter is

transmitted by the

ABS computer or by

the vehicle speed

unit.. This signal is

transmitted to the

injection system on

the multiplex

network.

Test the multiplex

network.

Refer to the vehicle's
ABS or gearbox fault

finding note if faults

appear.

PR130:

Cruise control
setpoint

X = 0 mph

The cruise control

setpoint is selected by

the driver.

ET042:

Cruise control/
Speed limiter

(a single
characterisation can
be associated with
it)

INACTIVE
when no buttons are
pressed

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF051

STATE 1: Cruise
control start/stop
button pressed

Activates the green

indicator light on the

instrument panel and

emits a beep when it

switches off

STATE 2: Speed
limiter start/stop
button pressed

Activates the orange

indicator light on the

instrument panel and

emits a beep when it

switches off

STATE 3: Increase
button pressed

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of state

ET042

STATE 4: Decrease
button pressed

STATE 5: Suspend
button pressed

STATE 6: Resume
button pressed

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-118

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Cruise control

(continued)

ET032:

Deactivation of
cruise control/speed
limiter

(a single state can
be associated with
it)

STATE 1: Anti-skid
request

None.

STATE 2: Brake
pedal depressed

STATE 3: Cruise
control or speed
limiter fault

STATE 4: Uncouple
brake box motor
depressed

STATE 5: Fault
detected by injection
computer

STATE 6: Vehicle
speed invalid

STATE 7: Suspend
button pressed

STATE 8: Gear
selector lever in
neutral

STATE 9:
Inconsistency
between the request
and the vehicle
speed

Brake contact

ET012:

Primary brake
contact

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for state ET012

ET013:

Secondary brake
contact

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for state ET013

Clutch contact

ET040:

Clutch pedal

RELEASED

DEPRESSED

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for state ET040

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-119

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-120

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ENGINE COOLING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature

Gives the coolant

temperature in ˚C.

Warm: 90˚C

Default value: 119˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR064

Cooling fan

ET014:

Check cooling fan 1

STOPPED

RUNNING

In the event of a

problem, test the

multiplex network and

deal with the faults

present.

If the Protection and

Switching Unit can no

longer recognise the

frames from the

injection (or vice

versa), then the fan

runs continually until

the battery has been

completely

discharged.

ET015:

Check cooling fan 2

ET022:

Fan low-speed
request

INACTIVE

ACTIVE

ET021:

High-speed fan
request

Sensor feed

PR084:

Coolant
temperature sensor
voltage.

X = 0.54 V

Default value: 5 V

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF001

If the Protection and

Switching Unit can no

longer recognise the

frames from the

injection (or vice versa),

then the fan runs

continually until the

battery has been

completely discharged.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ENGINE COOLING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Driver braking

ET012:

Brake contact

Indicates

recognition of brake

pedal contacts

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for state ET008

ET013:

Secondary brake
contact

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for state ET009

Driver clutch

operation

ET040:

Clutch pedal

Indicates

recognition of brake

pedal contacts

RELEASED

DEPRESSED

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding procedure

for state ET040

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-121

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

IGNITION/PREHEATING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Feed

ET001:

Computer + after
ignition feed

PRESENT

In the event of a

problem, carry out

fault finding on the

charging circuit and

refer to the fault

finding procedure for

state ET001.

Engine running

PR055:

Engine speed

Gives the engine's speed

in rpm.

X = 800 rpm

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR064

Temperature

PR064:

Coolant
temperature

Gives the coolant

temperature in ˚C.

Warm: 90˚C

Default value: 119˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of the

parameter

PR064

PR059:

Inlet air
temperature

Gives the intake air

temperature

Cold: PR061

Warm: 43˚C

Default value: 20˚C

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

interpretation of

parameter PR059

Preheating

ET007:

Preheater control
unit

INACTIVE

ACTIVE

(When starting)

In the event of a

problem, refer to the

fault finding

procedure for faults
DF017 and DF025

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-122

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Conformity check

13B

13B-123

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

STARTING (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

PROTECTION (EDC16 MEGANE VDIAG 44)

NOTES

Only perform this conformity check after a complete check with the diagnostic tool. The
values indicated in this conformity check are given as examples.
Test conditions: engine at idle speed.

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Feed

ET001:

Computer + after
ignition feed

PRESENT

ABSENT

In the event of a

problem, carry out fault
finding on the charging

circuit and refer to the
fault finding procedure

for state ET001.

Starting

ET076:

Starting

AUTHORISED:

The injection system

authorises starting

PROHIBITED:

The injection system

does not authorise

starting.

If state ET076 is at

"PROHIBITED", then

perform a complete

diagnostic of the

preheating system.

Engine

operation

ET038:

Engine

RUNNINGNONE

Order

Function

Parameter or State

Check or Action

Display and notes

Fault finding

Immobiliser

ET006:

Code programmed

YES

If state ET003 is

ACTIVE, refer to the

"Help" facility in the

tool.

ET003:

Immobiliser

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

Vehicle impact

ET077:

Impact detected

YES

In the event of a

problem, apply the

fault finding procedure

for fault DF069.

Starting

ET076:

Starting

AUTHORISED:

The injection system

authorises starting

PROHIBITED:

The injection system

does not authorise

starting.

If state ET076 is at

"PROHIBITED",

perform a complete

diagnostic of the

preheating system.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault Finding - General Information

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Fault Finding - General Information

10. SUMMARY TABLE OF SYSTEM STATES

ET001

ET003

ET004

ET005

ET007

ET008

ET009

ET010

ET011

ET012

ET013

ET015

ET016

ET017

ET025

ET037

ET038

ET039

ET026

ET027

ET028

ET029

ET046

Computer + after ignition feed

Immobiliser

Air conditioning authorised

Code programmed

Preheater control unit

Primary brake contact

Secondary brake contact

Check cooling fan 1

Check cooling fan 2

Air conditioning request

High-speed fan request

Fan low-speed request

Cruise control deactivation

Reverse gear signal

Engine

Clutch pedal

Cruise control/Speed limiter

Starting

Impact detected

Air regulation

Air conditioning present

Air regulation

Air conditioning present

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-124

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

ET001

COMPUTER + AFTER IGNITION FEED

ET001 ABSENT ignition on

Check supply fuse FD (5A) on the Protection and Switching Unit.
Use a multimeter to check the presence of + 12 V at the fuse holder with the ignition on.
Repair if necessary.

Use a multimeter and the + 12 V battery supply to check the presence of an earth on the following
connections:
Track G4 black connector A, 48 tracks injection computer

Battery earth

Track H4 black connector A, 48 tracks injection computer

Battery earth

Track H1 black connector A, 48 tracks injection computer

Battery earth

Repair if necessary.

If the voltage is zero, check the continuity and insulation against earth of the following connections:
Track D1 black connector A, 48 tracks injection computer

Track 1 Protection and Switching

Unit

Repair if necessary.

ET001 PRESENT ignition on

Use a multimeter to confirm the absence of + 12 V with the ignition off on track 1 of the Protection and
Switching Unit.
Repair if necessary

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-125

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET003

IMMOBILISER

ET003 ACTIVE

Refer to the Passenger Compartment Fault Finding Note.

ET003 INACTIVE

Refer to the Passenger Compartment Fault Finding Note.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-126

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET004

AIR CONDITIONING AUTHORISED

YES

The air conditioning authorisation only passes to the YES state if the driver has made
the request for air conditioning: air conditioning switch on AC or AUTO position with
minimum ventilation.

State ET018: air conditioning request passes to YES if these conditions are fulfilled
and will then authorise the change in ET004: air conditioning authorisation.

State ET004 remains at NO with the ignition on although the air conditioning request
switch has been activated.

The vehicle MUST be at idle speed for state ET018: Air conditioning request to switch
to YES so that state ET004 also passes to YES and the air conditioning can operate.

If state ET004 remains at NO and the switch is triggered,

Check:
– that the air conditioning compressor starts correctly,
– the power supply fuses,
– the presence of refrigerant fluid in the air conditioning circuit,
– that the refrigerant fluid pressure value seems consistent at idling speed.

If the pressure seems inconsistent, refer to the check for fault DF049: Refrigerant fluid
sensor circuit and apply the recommended procedure.

If other faults appear in the air conditioning, refer to the Air Conditioning Fault finding
Note which deals with these faults.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-127

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET006

CODE PROGRAMMED

YES

The code passes to the YES state if dialogue between the UCH and the injection
computer is possible and the card is detected.

Authorisation for engine starting is only issued if the code is correctly recognised by the
UCH computer and state ET003: Engine immobiliser passes to INACTIVE.

The code remains NO if dialogue between the UCH computer and the injection computer
is impossible and state ET003: Engine immobiliser remains ACTIVE.
The cause may be incorrectly programmed keys; if so, refer to the UCH Fault Finding
Note and carry out a multiplex network test if fault finding was performed by functions
and check that there is dialogue between the UCH, the Protection and Switching Unit
and the injection computer.

If dialogue is not established, contact your Techline.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.
Return to the conformity check.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-128

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET007

PREHEATER CONTROL

YES

When a vehicle is started from cold, the injection computer controls the pre/postheating
unit so that the vehicle can start; the state should switch to YES during the starting
phase.

If the vehicle does not start and state ET007 passes to YES during the engine starting
phase,

check:
– the supply fuse track 3 (70A) on the preheater unit,
– the heater plugs and the connections on tracks 2, 6, 7, 1 between the preheater unit

and the spark plugs.

If the vehicle starts and state ET007 remains YES during the engine operation phase,
refer to the interpretation of faults section DF017: Preheating relay control circuit and
DF025: Preheater unit fault finding connection.

After the vehicle has started, the injection computer should stop the control of the pre/
postheating unit and the state should switch to NO during the operational phase.

If the vehicle does not start or the state remains NO and preheating has not been carried
out during the starting phase, check the following connections:
Injection computer Track A4 grey connector C, 32 tracks

Track 9

preheater unit

Injection computer Track E2 grey connector C, 32 tracks

Track 8

preheater unit

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-129

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

IMPORTANT: States ET012 and states ET013 are directly connected.

ET012

PRIMARY BRAKE CONTACT

STATE 012: INACTIVE, Brake pedal depressed.

If the brake lights operate:

– Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance between:

Track E4 32-track grey injection computer connector C,

Track 3 brake switch

Repair if necessary.

If the brake lights do not operate:

– Check the condition and fitting of the brake light switch and the brake lights fuse.
– Remove the brake pedal switch and check that it is operating correctly:

Continuity between tracks:

Insulation between tracks:

Switch pressed
(Brake pedal released)

3 and 4

1 and 2

Switch released
(Brake pedal depressed)

1 and 2

3 and 4

– Replace the switch if necessary.
– Check and ensure the presence of + after ignition feed on tracks 2 and 4 on the brake light switch connector.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-130

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

IMPORTANT: States ET012 and states ET013 are directly connected.

ET012

CONTINUED

STATE 012: ACTIVE, Brake pedal released.

If the brake lights operate:

– Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance between:

Track E4 32-track grey injection computer connector C,

Track 3 brake switch

Repair if necessary.

If the brake lights do not operate:

– Check the condition and fitting of the brake light switch and the brake lights fuse.
– Remove the brake pedal switch and check that it is operating correctly:

Continuity between tracks:

Insulation between tracks:

Switch pressed
(Brake pedal released)

3 and 4

1 and 2

Switch released
(Brake pedal depressed)

1 and 2

3 and 4

– Replace the switch if necessary.
– Check and ensure the presence of + after ignition feed on track 1 on the stop light switch connector.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-131

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET014

MONITOR COOLING FAN 1

NOTES

State ET014: Fan assembly 1 is directly connected to state ET022: Low-speed fan
request.

RUNNING

When the engine cooling fan is operating and the coolant temperature is 90˚C (engine
warm) or the air conditioning is operating, state ET022: Low-speed fan request passes to
ACTIVE and state ET014: Check fan 1 passes to RUNNING.

If the engine cooling fan does not operate, check:
– the condition of the fan connections,
– supply + battery feed to check that it operates correctly.

Check the continuity between the following tracks:

Track 1 fan

Track M1 connector P1 Protection and
Switching Unit (49R3)

Track 2 fan

Earth

Track M1 connector P1
Protection and
Switching Unit (49R2)

Track 2 Low-speed resistor

Track G4 connector PPM1
Protection and
Switching Unit

Track 2 Low-speed resistor

Check that the fan low-speed resistor is 0.69

Ω

Replace the resistor if it is not this value.

Refer to the fan fault finding procedure in the Protection and Switching Unit Fault
Finding Note for further details.

WARNING!

IMPORTANT
If the Protection and Switching Unit no longer detects the injection computer frames then
fan assembly 1 will be run until the battery has been completely discharged.

If fan 1 is not working, fan 2 is activated.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-132

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET014

CONTINUED

STOPPED

When the engine temperature has fallen sufficiently (X < 90˚C) or air conditioning is off,
state ET022: Low-speed fan request passes to INACTIVE and so state ET014: Check
fan 2 passes to STOPPED state.

WARNING!

IMPORTANT
If the Protection and Switching Unit no longer detects the injection computer frames then
fan assembly 1 will be run until the battery has been completely discharged.

If fan 1 is not working, fan 2 is activated.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-133

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET015

CHECKING COOLING FAN 2

NOTES

State ET015: Fan assembly 2 is directly connected to state ET022: Low-speed fan
request.

RUNNING

Fan assembly 2 starts operating when cooling by fan 1 is insufficient or air conditioning is
operating; state ET021: Low-speed fan request passes to ACTIVE and state ET014:
Checking fan 2 passes to RUNNING.

If the engine cooling fan does not operate, check:
– the condition of the fan connections,
– supply + battery feed to check that it operates correctly.

Check the continuity between the following tracks:
Track 1 fan

Track M1 connector P1 Protection and Switching Unit (49R3)

Track 2 fan

Earth

Refer to the fan fault finding procedure in the Protection and Switching Unit Fault finding
Note for further details.

STOPPED

When the engine temperature has fallen sufficiently (X < 90˚C) or air conditioning is off,
state ET021: High-speed fan request passes to INACTIVE and so state ET015:
Checking fan 2 passes to STOPPED state.

WARNING!

IMPORTANT
If the Protection and Switching Unit no longer detects the injection computer frames then
fan assembly 1 will be run until the battery has been completely discharged.

If fan 1 is not working, fan 2 is activated.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-134

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET021

HIGH-SPEED FAN REQUEST

NOTES

State ET021: High-speed fan request is directly connected to state ET015: Check
fan 2.

ACTIVE

When the request for cooling is made by the injection computer, state ET021: High-speed
fan request passes to ACTIVE and the Protection and Switching Unit therefore controls
fan 2 and state ET015: Checking fan 2 passes to RUNNING.

If the fan does not work, refer to the interpretation of state ET015: Check fan 2.

INACTIVE

When the request for cooling is made by the injection computer, state ET021: Low-speed
fan request passes to INACTIVE and the Protection and Switching Unit therefore controls
fan 2 and state ET015: Checking fan 2 passes to STOPPED.

WARNING!

IMPORTANT
If the Protection and Switching Unit no longer detects the injection computer frames then
fan assembly 1 will be run until the battery has been completely discharged.

If fan 1 is not working, fan 2 is activated.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-135

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET022

LOW-SPEED FAN REQUEST

NOTES

State ET022: Low-speed fan request is directly connected to state ET014: Check
fan 1.

ACTIVE

When the request for cooling is made by the injection computer, state ET022 : Request for
high-speed fan passes to ACTIVE and the Protection and Switching Unit therefore
controls fan 1 and state ET014: Checking fan 1 passes to RUNNING.

If the fan does not work, refer to the interpretation of state ET014: Check fan 1.

INACTIVE

When the request for cooling is made by the injection computer, state ET022: Low-speed
fan request passes to INACTIVE and the Protection and Switching Unit therefore controls
fan 2 and state ET014: Checking fan 1 passes to STOPPED.

WARNING!

IMPORTANT
If the Protection and Switching Unit no longer detects the frames from the injection
computer, then fan 1 will be run until the battery has been completely discharged.

If fan 1 is not working, fan 2 is activated.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-136

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET035

REVERSE GEAR INFORMATION

PRESENT

When the driver engages reverse gear, state ET035 : Reverse gear signal should
switch to PRESENT.

If the driver has correctly selected this gear and the state does not change, it remains
ABSENT, check:
– The reversing lights switch for the manual gearbox (Manual gearbox 6).

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance between:

Protection and Switching unit Track E9

Track A2 reversing lights switch

Protection and Switching unit Track E6

Track A1 reversing lights switch

Repair if necessary.

– The neutral /reversing lights sensorfor the manual gearbox (manual gearbox 5).

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance between:

Protection and Switching unit Track E6

Track A2 sensor

Protection and Switching unit Track E9

Track A1 sensor

Protection and Switching unit Track D6

Track A3 sensor

Repair if necessary.

– The automatic gearbox module multifunction switch

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance between:

Protection and Switching unit Track E6

Track A2 multifunction switch

Protection and Switching unit Track E9

Track A1 multifunction switch

Also check the condition of the fuse F5G (7.5 A).

Repair if necessary.

In the event of a problem refer to the fault finding note for the Protection and Switching
unit .

ABSENT

When the driver disengages reverse gear, state ET035: Reverse gear signal should
switch to ABSENT.

In the event of a problem, refer to the fault finding procedure above.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-137

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET040

CLUTCH PEDAL

NOTES

Special notes: Only perform the checks if the Inactive and Active states are not
consistent with the position of the pedal.

STATE INACTIVE, Clutch pedal depressed.

– Check the condition and mounting of the clutch switch connector.
– Check and ensure the continuity of the connection between track 1 of the clutch switch connector and track C4

of the black 32-track computer connector.

– Check and ensure the presence of earth on track 2 of the clutch switch connector.
Repair if necessary.
– Remove the clutch pedal switch and check that it is operating correctly:

Continuity between tracks:

Insulation between tracks:

Switch pressed
(Clutch pedal released)

1 and 2

Switch released
(Clutch pedal depressed)

1 and 2

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-138

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET042

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER

NOTES

State ET032: Deactivate cruise control is directly linked to state ET042: Cruise
control/Speed limiter.

Cruise control remains deactivated as long as the vehicle speed does not exceed
V 18 mph (30 km/h).

Nine states are connected and when one of them passes to active, the cruise control
is immediately deactivated.

Special notes: Only perform the checks if the states are not consistent with the
position of the buttons.

STATE 1, STATE 2 absent, start/stop switch pressed (ET042 INACTIVE).

connector.

– Remove and test the operation of the cruise control/speed limiter switch:

Continuity between tracks:

Insulation between tracks:

Switch at rest

A2 and A3 - A2 and B1

Switch in Cruise control

position

A2 and A3

A2 and B1

Switch in speed limiter

position

A2 and B1

A2 and A3

– Check and ensure the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the connection between

track A3 (cruise control) or B1 (speed limiter) of the switch connector and track A2 (cruise control) or C3 (speed
limiter) of the black 32-track computer connector.

Replace the switch if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-139

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET042

CONTINUED

STATE 1, STATE 2, switch at rest.

Check the connections of the cruise control start/stop switch and computer (black 32-track connector). Repair if
necessary.
– Remove and test the operation of the cruise control/speed limiter switch:

Continuity between tracks:

Insulation between tracks:

Switch at rest

A2 and A3 - A2 and B1

Switch in Cruise control

position

A2 and A3

A2 and B1

Switch in speed limiter

position

A2 and B1

A2 and A3

– Replace the switch if necessary.
– Check and ensure the insulation against 12 V on the connection between track A3 (cruise control) or track B1

(speed limiter) of the cruise control/speed limiter switch connector and track A2 (cruise control) or track C3
(speed limiter) of the black 32-track computer connector.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-140

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET042

CONTINUED

STATE 3, STATE 4, STATE 5, STATE 6 absent, button pressed (ET042 INACTIVE).

necessary.

– Disconnect the 3-track connector and on the switch side, check the resistance value of the switches:

Switches in rest

position

STATE 3

(+ switch pressed)

STATE 4

(- switch pressed)

STATE 5

(0 switch pressed)

STATE 6

(R switch pressed)

R = INFINITY

R = approximately

300

Ω

R = approximately

100

Ω

R = approximately

Ω

R = approximately

900

Ω

If the values are not correct, replace the controls on the steering wheel.

If the values are correct, reconnect the black 3-track connector and take the same measurements from the black
32-track computer connector between tracks D3 and D2.
– If the fault persists, check the connection between the engine management computer and the rotating switch

beneath steering wheel, using the relevant wiring diagram (line resistance, short circuit, etc.).

Carry out the necessary repairs.

– If the values are correct, contact your Techline.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-141

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET076

STARTING

AUTHORISED

When the driver inserts the starting card or the card has been recognised by the engine
immobiliser system, the central computer unit authorises the injection computer to start,
state ET076 passes to AUTHORISED and the vehicle can be started.

PROHIBITED

When the driver is no longer detected by the UCH computer it prohibits engine starting,
state ET076 passes to PROHIBITED and the vehicle cannot be started.

Check the card battery and carry out fault finding on the UCH.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-142

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET077

IMPACT DETECTED

YES

When the vehicle has been involved in a crash, the injection computer detects the signal
transmitted by the airbag computer and state ET077 is YES.

Switch off the ignition for ten seconds, then switch it back on to allow the engine to start.

Then clear any faults.

If the vehicle has not suffered an impact or the starting procedure described above has
been carried out, state ET077 is NO.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-143

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET078

AIR REGULATION

OPEN LOOP

Once air regulation has been requested by the driver, state ET078 passes to OPEN
LOOP.

ACTIVE

Use a multimeter to confirm the absence of + 12 V with the ignition off on track 1 of the
Protection and Switching Unit.

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-144

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET079

AIR CONDITIONING PRESENT

YES

If the voltage is absent, check the continuity and insulation against earth of the
following connections:

Track D1 black connector A, 48 tracks injection computer

Track 1

Protection and
Switching unit

Repair if necessary.

Use a multimeter to confirm the absence of + 12 V with the ignition off on track 1 of the
Protection and Switching Unit.

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-145

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of states

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

ET088

REQUEST TO START COMPRESSOR

ACTIVE

If the voltage is absent, check the continuity and insulation against earth of the
following connections:

Track D1 black connector A, 48 tracks injection computer

Track 1

Protection and
Switching unit

Repair if necessary.

INACTIVE

Use a multimeter to confirm the absence of + 12 V with the ignition off on track 1 of the
Protection and Switching Unit.

Repair if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the fault finding procedure on the system.
Deal with any other possible faults.
Clear the stored faults.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-146

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault Finding - General Information

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Fault Finding - General Information

SUMMARY TABLE OF SYSTEM PARAMETERS

EDC 16 parameters

Index

Title

PR003

PR004

PR005

PR006

PR007

PR008

PR009

PR010

PR011

PR015

PR016

PR017

PR018

PR022

PR024

PR035

PR037

PR038

PR042

PR044

PR046

PR047

PR048

PR050

PR051

PR053

PR055

PR059

PR061

PR063

PR064

PR071

Pedal load

EGR valve air flow setpoint

EGR valve opening setpoint

Rail pressure regulator current

Rail pressure regulator current setpoint

Rail pressure setpoint

Turbocharging pressure setpoint

Idle speed regulation setting

Turbocharging solenoid valve position sensor

Engine torque

Alternator flow

Fuel flow

Estimated air flow

EGR valve position feedback loop variance

Fuel pressure variance

Atmospheric pressure

Refrigerant pressure

Rail pressure

Filtered turbocharging pressure

Power requested by air conditioning

EGR Solenoid valve OCR

Turbocharging pressure OCR

Gallery pressure regulation valve OCR

Damper flap OCR

EGR valve position feedback

Engine speed requested by air conditioning

Engine speed

Inlet air temperature

External air temperature

Fuel temperature

Coolant temperature

Computer supply voltage

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-147

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault Finding - General Information

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

SUMMARY TABLE OF SYSTEM PARAMETERS

EDC 16 parameters

PR072

PR073

PR076

PR077

PR079

PR080

PR081

PR082

PR084

PR086

PR088

PR089

PR127

PR128

PR129

PR130

Linearised sensor feed voltage

Air flowmeter supply voltage

Refrigerant sensor voltage

EGR valve position sensor voltage

Atmospheric pressure sensor voltage

Rail pressure sensor voltage

Inlet temperature sensor voltage

Fuel pressure sensor voltage

Coolant temperature sensor voltage.

Pedal potentiometer track 1 voltage

Pedal potentiometer track 2 voltage

Vehicle speed

Heating resistor maximum authorised power

First EGR valve offset

Last EGR valve offset

Cruise control setpoint

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-148

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

PR003

PEDAL LOAD

NOTES

There must be no faults present or stored.
Perform this fault finding procedure after an inconsistency is displayed in the Driver's
parameters menu or after a customer complaint (lack of performance).

Check the high and low stops of the pedal sensor in the engine compartment (jamming, broken housing).

Check the pedal sensor mounting in the engine compartment (play, broken housing, etc.).

Check the accelerator control (cable tension, chafing, obstacle).

Carry out the necessary repairs.

If all the controls are correct and the values given are not within the sensor use range (from 0 % to 120 %) then
replace the pedal position sensor.

The parameters PR086: Voltage track 1 and PR088: Voltage track 2 are connected to the pedal load
parameter: refer to the conformity check to determine whether the voltages of tracks 1 and 2 are plausible
according to the pedal load applied.

In the event that the voltages seem incorrect, replace the pedal position sensor.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-149

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

PR018

ESTIMATED AIR FLOW

NOTES

No faults may be present or stored.
Carry out this fault finding procedure after noting an inconsistency in the "Air circulation
(Turbocharging - Intake)" parameter menu or following a customer complaint (lack of
performance, smoke, etc.).

If at idle speed and with an EGR ratio of around 40%, the air flow = ~ 60 kg/h, follow the fault finding procedure
in the Interpretation of commands section for command AC002: EGR solenoid valve.

If the fault persists, check the conformity of the air intake circuit:
– Check that the air filter unit inlet is not blocked,
– check that the air filter is not clogged,
– Check that the air flowmeter is in good condition,
– Check that the intake circuit is properly sealed and is not blocked, from the air filter to the inlet duct,
– Check that the damper valve is open in rest position (check that the valve rod is resting against its stop).
– Check the oil vapour recycling circuit (excess oil).

Carry out the necessary repairs. In the event that the fault persists:

Check the air flowmeter sensor supply:
– + 5 V on track 3.
– Earth on track 2 (Air temperature sensor common earth).

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on the connection between:

Injection computer brown connector B track G1

Track 5 Air flowmeter connector

Repair if necessary. Check the supply and consumption of the flowmeter power circuit, with the ignition on and
the engine running:
– + 12 V on track 4,
– Battery earth on track 6.

Consumption: approx. 70 mA after ignition / approx. 130 mA at idle speed / 400 mA maximum.

If the flowmeter consumption read during the check is nil, replace the air flowmeter.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-150

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

PR035

ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE

NOTES

No faults may be present or stored.
Carry out this fault finding procedure after noting an inconsistency in the Main states
and parameters of the computer or Air circulation (turbocharging - intake) parameter
menus or following a customer complaint (lack of performance, smoke, etc.).

The atmospheric pressure sensor is incorporated in the computer, so no electrical check can be made.

The sensor default value is 750 mbar.

If this value or any other inconsistent value appears, then reset the computer.

Refer to the General Information section if you foresee having to reprogram the computer.

If the fault persists and remains present, contact your Techline.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-151

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

PR037

REFRIGERANT FLUID PRESSURE

NOTES

No faults may be present or stored.
Perform this fault finding procedure after an inconsistency is displayed in the Cold
loop menu or after a customer complaint (no air conditioning, etc.).

Step 1
– Start the engine, switch on the air conditioning and increase the engine speed to 1500 rpm:
– View PR037: Refrigerant pressure in the Cold loop function on the diagnostic tool:

If the pressure is greater than around 27 bar, go to step 2.

If the pressure does not rise, or remains below normal:
– Ensure that the air conditioning compressor and its relay are operating correctly.
– Check the conformity of the refrigerant pressure sensor signal by comparing* the value displayed by the

tool (PR037) with that given by the filling station high-pressure gauge.

If the variance =

±±±±

1.5 bar (or 1500 mbar):

Check the insulation, the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the connections between:
Injection computer grey connector 24-track connector C, track C3

Track A Refrigerant

pressure sensor

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track F1

Track C Refrigerant

pressure sensor

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track F3

Track B Refrigerant

pressure sensor

If these connections are not faulty, replace the refrigerant pressure sensor.

If there is no discrepancy, the refrigerant pressure sensor is correct: go to step 2.

Step 2

Perform fault finding on the air conditioning.

*Note:
The diagnostic tool displays the absolute pressure, the filling station high-pressure gauge displays the relative
pressure.
The normal discrepancy between the two is equal to atmospheric pressure, i.e. ~ 1000 mbar.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-152

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

PR038

RAIL PRESSURE

NOTES

Perform this fault finding procedure:
– After the interpretation of fault DF053: Rail pressure regulation function,
– After an inconsistency has been noted during fault finding of the LPG / Fuel circuit

function,

– After the interpretation of the fault finding process for AC011: Rail pressure

regulator or,

– After a customer complaint (starting problems, poor performance, stalling etc.).

Check the continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track F3

Track 2 Rail pressure sensor

connector

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track A4

Track 3 Rail pressure sensor

connector,

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track C4

Track 1 Rail pressure sensor

connector

If all these connections are correct, check for the presence of a fuel pressure sensor power supply:

+ 5 V

Track 3 of the rail pressure sensor connector

Earth

Track 1 of the rail pressure sensor connector

Repair if necessary.

Check the sealing of the low and high-pressure diesel circuits (visual checks, odour) pump housing,
overpressure valve, pipes, rail and injector unions, injector wells, etc.

If all of the previous checks are correct, switch on the ignition, wait for more than 1 minute and view PR038:
Rail pressure.

If the value is below 50 bar the rail pressure sensor is correct.

If it is not, replace the rail pressure sensor and tighten it to 35

±±±±

5 Nm.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-153

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

PR042

FILTERED TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE

NOTES

Perform this fault finding procedure:
Following detection of an inconsistency in the parameters menu,
After fault DF004: Turbocharging pressure sensor circuit or,
After a customer complaint (lack of performance, smoke etc.).

With the vehicle ignition on, and the engine stopped:
– Remove the turbocharger pressure sensor.
– With the sensor connector connected to the wiring harness, take a reading of the value of PR042: Filtered

turbocharging pressure in the "Air circulation (Turbocharging - Intake)" tab:

– If the value is not very close to parameter PR035: Atmospheric pressure: (maximum pressure

difference, between PR035 and PR042 with the engine stopped =

±±±±

20 mbar):

Check the insulation and absence of interference resistance on the signal line and the
turbocharging pressure sensor supply lines.

– If the lines are correct, proceed with the pressure test below.

– Connect a vacuum pump to the turbocharging pressure sensor,
– Apply a pressure of between 0.1 and 1.3 bar (maximum pressure to be applied: 1300 mbar or 1.3 bar):
– Compare the pressure value displayed in the "Air circulation (Turbocharging/Intake)" tab with that displayed

on the vacuum pump:

If there is a difference* of

±±±±

100 hPa (or

±±±±

0.1 bar), replace the turbocharging pressure sensor.

If there is no discrepancy, the turbocharging pressure sensor is correct.

*Note:
The diagnostic tool displays the absolute pressure, the pressure gauge on your vacuum pump displays the
relative pressure

The normal discrepancy between the two is equal to atmospheric pressure, i.e. ~ 1000 mbar.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-154

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

PR059

INLET AIR TEMPERATURE

NOTES

No faults may be present or stored.
Carry out this fault finding procedure after finding an inconsistency in the "Main states
and parameters of the computer or Air circulation (Turbocharging - Intake) menu.

Check that the air flowmeter and its connections are in good condition,
Repair if necessary.
Check for absence of interference resistance on the following lines:

Brown 48-track connector B, track G2

Track 1 air flowmeter connector

Brown 48-track connector B, track E2

Track 2 Air flowmeter connector

Repair if necessary.

If the temperature read is inconsistent, check that the sensor is following the Negative Temperature Coefficient
(NTC) calibration curve correctly.

3714

±±±±

161

Ω

at 10˚C

2488

±±±±

Ω

at 20˚C

1671

±±±±

Ω

at 30˚C

Replace the air flowmeter if it is incorrect (an incorrect sensor is often the result of an electric shock).

A warm blocked air temperature sensor causes white smoke and non-regulation of the turbocharger at
temperatures below 60˚C.

Blocking of the air temperature sensor when cold causes excessive consumption and causes engine noise
when the engine is warm.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-155

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

PR063

FUEL TEMPERATURE

NOTES

No faults may be present or stored.
Perform this fault finding procedure after finding an inconsistency in the "LPB / Fuel
circuit" menu.

WARNING
In the event of a relatively low outside temperature, the difference between the fuel
temperature and the engine temperature after cold starting may be greater than 30˚C.

Check in the "LPG/Fuel circuit" tab in PR063: Fuel temperature that the value displayed is not the recovery
value 40˚C.

If it is, check the fuel temperature sensor:

Check that the fuel temperature sensor and its connections are in good condition.

Repair if necessary.

Check for absence of interference resistance on the following lines:

Brown 48-track connector B, track H2

Track 1 Fuel temperature sensor

Grey 32-track connector C, track F1

Track 2 Fuel temperature sensor

Repair if necessary.

If the temperature read is inconsistent, check that the sensor is following the Negative Temperature Coefficient
(NTC) calibration curve correctly.

3820

±±±±

282

Ω

at 10˚C

2050

±±±±

100

Ω

at 25˚C

810

±±±±

Ω

at 50˚C

Replace the fuel temperature sensor if it is incorrect (an incorrect sensor is often the result of an electric shock).

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-156

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

PR064

COOLANT TEMPERATURE

NOTES

No faults may be present or stored.
Carry out this fault finding procedure after finding an inconsistency in the "Main states
and parameters of the computer or cold loop menu.

Check that the cooling circuit is topped up and properly bled.
Perform the required operations.

Check that the air flowmeter and its connections are in good condition,

Repair if necessary.

Check for absence of interference resistance on the following lines:

Brown 48-track connector B, track F2

Track 3 coolant temperature sensor

Brown 48-track connector B, track H1

Track 2 coolant temperature sensor

Repair if necessary.

If the temperature read is inconsistent, check that the sensor is following the Negative Temperature Coefficient
(NTC) calibration curve correctly.

2252

±±±±

122

Ω

at 25˚C

811

±±±±

Ω

at 50˚C

283

±±±±

Ω

at 80˚C

Replace the air flowmeter if it is incorrect (an incorrect sensor is often the result of an electric shock).

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-157

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of commands

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Fault finding - Interpretation of commands

AC002

EGR SOLENOID VALVE

STEP 1

Measure the resistance of the exhaust gas recirculation valve between tracks 1 and 5:

– If its resistance is not approximately 8

Ω

±±±±

0.5 at 20˚C, replace the EGR valve

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the connections between:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B track L2

Track 5 exhaust gas
recirculation valve connector

+ 12 V after relay

Track 1 exhaust gas
recirculation valve connector

If you notice no valve movement when running control AC002, ensure that the computer output stage is
functioning:

– either with an oscilloscope (calibrated to 5 V/division and a time base of 2 ms/division):
With the solenoid valve connected, connect the earth of the oscilloscope to the battery earth and the positive
test pin to track 5 of the EGR valve. Clear any faults in the EGR valve then run command AC002:
The oscilloscope should display a square wave signal with an amplitude of 12.5 V at a frequency of 140 Hz
(with an Opening Cyclic Ratio increasing successively from 20 to 70%),
– Or by voltmeter:
With the EGR valve connected, connect the earth lead of the voltmeter to track 2 of the EGR valve and the
positive lead to track 1. Clear any faults in the EGR valve then run command AC002:
the voltmeter should display two successive voltages approximately equal to the combined voltage of the
battery and the current Opening Cyclic Ratio.
I.e.: successively: 2.5 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 20% then 8.75 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 70%
(ten cycles).

– If the measurement is correct, go to step 2.
– If the oscilloscope (or the voltmeter) does not indicate the occurrence of control or continuous voltage,

contact your Techline before replacing the engine management computer.

STEP 2, NEXT PAGE

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-158

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of commands

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

AC002

CONTINUED

STEP 2

Check that there are no leaks in the exhaust gas recirculation circuit.
Carry out the necessary repairs.

Check the exhaust gas recirculation valve operation:

Disconnect the connector and remove the EGR valve,

If removal reveals that the valve is blocked open, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve.

Otherwise, remove the valve and reconnect the connector.

Clear the fault and run command AC002:

Check: – the position of the valve

(valve travel 0 to 2.5 mm for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 20% and 6 to 7 mm for an Opening Cyclic
Ratio of 70%),
– - the absence of play between the valve and its control rod, and its general condition
(clogging, stiff point, etc.),
– the valve closure when the command has ended.

If no movement of the exhaust gas recirculation valve is noticed during command AC002, or if these checks
reveal an irreparable blockage or seizing, replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve. (After replacement,
follow procedure RZ005 specified in the Help section).

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-159

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of commands

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

AC004

TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE

This procedure permits confirmation that the turbocharger and its control circuit are working properly.

Introduction

1 Check the tightness of the high-pressure air circuit:
Pipe not joined or pierced, pressure sensor disconnected or poorly fitted (seal present), exchanger pierced.
To test the exchanger: stabilise the engine speed between 3500 and 4000 rpm with the vehicle stopped and
check that there are no leaks.

Check the resistance of the turbocharging limitation solenoid valve between tracks 1 and 2.
Replace the wastegate if its resistance is not: 15.4

Ω

±±±±

0.7 at 20˚C.

Track 1 turbocharging solenoid

valve

Repair if necessary.
Check for the presence of + 12 V after relay on track 2 of the turbocharging solenoid valve (coming from
track G1 of the Protection and Switching Unit PPM1 connector).

2 Turbocharger control circuit check
With the engine stopped, make sure that the control rod is in the resting position.
Start the engine and make sure that the control rod operates to the high stop.
(When the engine is switched off, the control rod must return to the resting position).
If the control shaft does not move correctly, carry out the following checks:

1) Vacuum pressure command check:
– Disconnect the solenoid valve intake hose and connect it to a pressure gauge,
– Start the engine and stabilise it at idle,
– If the negative pressure does not reach 800 mbar

±±±±

100: check the vacuum-pressure circuit from the

vacuum pump.

– Stop the engine, reconnect the intake hose and go to step 2.

2) Solenoid valve control check:
– Disconnect the solenoid valve outlet hose,
– start the engine and stabilise it at idle,
– place your hand on the solenoid valve and block the outlet connection with your thumb,
– if you notice no solenoid valve vibration, check the operation of the computer output stage (step 5).

3) Solenoid valve functioning check:
– Attach the pressure gauge to the solenoid valve outlet connection,
– start the engine and stabilise it at idle,

If the negative pressure does not reach 800 mbar

±±±±

100, replace the solenoid valve.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-160

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of commands

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

AC004

CONTINUED

Turbocharger control circuit check (continued)

4) Turbocharger functioning check:

a) Attach a vacuum pump to the hose connected to the turbocharger control diaphragm,
– Apply a negative pressure of 800

±±±±

100 mbar:

If there is a leak, replace the turbocharger (diaphragm cannot be separated from the turbocharger).

b) Check the control rod displacement and setting (Workshop Repair Manual Section 12B).

If the control rod is seized, replace the turbocharger.

c) Engine cold and switched off:
– Remove the turbocharger air intake duct and make sure that the compressor is turning freely on its axle.

d) If the fault persists:
– check that the exhaust manifold is not leaking,
– check that the exhaust is not blocked.

Carry out the necessary repairs.

5) Computer output stage check: (solenoid valve connected)

This operation can only be carried out if the checks indicated in step No. are not conclusive.

Either by voltmeter:
– Connect the voltmeter earth to track 2 of the solenoid valve and the positive cable to track 1.
– Clear any faults in the solenoid valve, then run command AC004:

The voltmeter should display ten cycles of two successive voltages approximately equal to the combined

voltage of the battery and the current Opening Cyclic Ratio.
i.e.: successively: 2.5 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 20% then 8.7 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 70%.

or with an oscilloscope (calibrated to 5 V/division and a time base of 2 ms/division):
– connect the earth of the oscilloscope to the battery earth and the positive test pin to track 2 of the solenoid

valve.

– Clear any faults in the solenoid valve, then run command AC004:

The oscilloscope should display a square wave signal with an amplitude of 12.5 V at a frequency of 140 Hz

(with an Opening Cyclic Ratio which increases from 20 to 70 % successively).
– If the measurement is correct, replace the solenoid valve.
– If the measurement does not indicate a control event or continuous voltage, contact your Techline before

replacing the engine management computer.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-161

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of commands

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

AC011

RAIL PRESSURE REGULATOR

STEP 1

Check the resistance of the pressure regulator between tracks 1 and 2:

– If its resistance is not: 3

Ω

±±±±

0.5 at 20˚C, replace the regulator.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the connections between:

Injection computer brown 48-track connector B, Track M4

Track 2 Rail pressure regulator

connector

+ 12 V after relay

Track 1 rail pressure regulator

connector

If you can hear a slight whistling noise and the pressure regulator clapping when running control AC011, go to
step 2. Otherwise, ensure that the computer output stage is functioning correctly:

– Either with an ammeter:
With the solenoid valve connected, connect the ammeter clamp to the track 1 connection of the solenoid valve
(in the direction of the current).:
Clear any faults in the fuel pressure solenoid valve then run command AC011:

The ammeter should display ten cycles of two successive strengths: ~ 0.6 A then ~ 2 A

– Or by voltmeter:
With the solenoid valve connected, connect the earth of the voltmeter to track 2 of the fuel pressure solenoid
valve and the positive cable to track 1. Clear any faults in the fuel pressure solenoid valve then run command
AC011:

The voltmeter should display two successive voltages approximately equal to the combined voltage of the

battery and the current Opening Cyclic Ratio.
i.e.: successively: ~ 2.5 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of 20 % then ~ 8.75 V for an Opening Cyclic Ratio of
70 % (ten cycles).

– or with an oscilloscope (calibrated to 5 V/division and a time base of 1 ms/division):
With the solenoid valve connected, connect the earth of the oscilloscope to the battery earth and the positive
test pin to track 2 of the fuel pressure solenoid valve. Clear any faults in the fuel pressure solenoid valve then
run command AC011:

The oscilloscope should display a square wave signal with an amplitude of 12.5 V at a frequency of 185 Hz

(with an Opening Cyclic Ratio which increases from 20 to 70 % successively).
– If the measurement is correct, replace the regulator.
– If the measurement is not correct, contact your Techline.

STEP 2, NEXT PAGE

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-162

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of commands

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

AC011

CONTINUED

STEP 2

In the event of rail overpressure:

Check the operation of the injectors: see the "Injector fault finding" Help section of this note.

Check the operation of the rail pressure sensor. Fault finding procedure PR038.

If these checks reveal no faults, replace the regulator.

In the event of rail underpressure:

Check the operation of the rail pressure sensor. Fault finding procedure PR038.

Check the priming of the low-pressure diesel circuit.

Check the conformity of the diesel filter connections.

Check the condition of the filter (clogging and water saturation).

Check that there are no air bubbles between the filter and the high pressure pump.

Check the seal of the low and high pressure diesel circuits (visual checks, odour, etc.): pump casing,
overpressure valve, pipes, rail and injector unions, injector wells, etc.).

Check the conformity of the seal fitting on the pressure regulator.

Check the operation of the injectors: see the Injector fault finding: Help section of this note.

Carry out the necessary repairs.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-163

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Interpretation of commands

13B

13B-164

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

AC014

DAMPER FLAP

– Check the resistance of the damper valve solenoid valve between tracks 1 and 2.

Replace the solenoid valve if its resistance is not 46

Ω

±±±±

3 at 25˚C.

– Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the connections between:

Injection computer,
brown 48-track connector B, track J4

Track 1 damper flap solenoid valve connector

+ 12 V after relay

Track 2 damper flap solenoid valve connector

A) Engine running at idling speed:
– Make sure that there is a negative pressure of ~ 900 mb in the solenoid valve intake hose.

Make the necessary repairs (vacuum pressure circuit conformity and seal).

With the vehicle ignition on, engine stopped:
– Check that the intake flap is open, otherwise clean or replace the air vent unit.
– Disconnect the solenoid valve inlet and outlet hoses.
– Connect a vacuum pump to the inlet union and apply a negative pressure of ~ 900 mbar,

If there is a leak replace the wastegate.

– Run command AC014.
– If the solenoid valve opens (vacuum pump pressure gauge returns to atmospheric pressure), go to step C.
– Otherwise, with the solenoid valve connected, check operation of the computer output stage with a

voltmeter:

Voltmeter earth cable

Track 1 of the solenoid valve

Voltmeter positive lead

Track 2 of the solenoid valve

Clear any solenoid valve faults,
Run command AC014.
The voltmeter should display ten "ON-OFF" cycles (8.75 V then 2.5 V).
If the measurement is correct, replace the solenoid valve.
If the measurement does not show any operation, contact your Techline.

C) Vehicle with ignition off:
– Connect a vacuum pump to the flap control diaphragm and apply a negative pressure of ~ 900 mbar:
– If the diaphragm does not maintain the negative pressure, replace the air vent unit (the diaphragm cannot

be disconnected).

– If the diaphragm maintains the negative pressure and the flap does not operate, clean or replace the air

vent unit.

– If the diaphragm maintains the negative pressure and the flap operates, perform several checks to

ensure that there is no blockage.

Check for clogging of the air vent unit and its flap, and clean if necessary.

AFTER REPAIR

Repeat the conformity check from the start.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Customer complaints

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Fault finding - Customer complaints

NOTES

Before carrying out the steps associated with customer complaints, check for
the absence of faults and the conformity (or otherwise) of the parameters and
states, using the diagnostic tool.
If the customer complaint is not resolved, follow the corresponding fault finding
chart.

NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE COMPUTER

CHART 1

STARTING DIFFICULT OR IMPOSSIBLE

CHART 2

INJECTION NOISE

CHART 3

POOR PERFORMANCE

CHART 4

IRREGULAR ENGINE OPERATION

CHART 5

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-165

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault finding charts

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Fault finding - Fault finding charts

CHART 1

No dialogue with the computer

Check the conformity of the vehicle type and the domain selected on your tool.
Make sure that the tool is not faulty by trying to establish dialogue with a computer on another vehicle.
Check the supply to the diagnostic socket:

+ before ignition on track 16 /

+ after ignition on track 1 /

Earth on tracks 4 and 5

Check (according to wiring diagram and fittings):
– The conformity of the After ignition fuse F5.
– The conformity of the injection relay mounting feeds.
– The conformity of the impact sensor: continuity between tracks 1 and 3 in the rest position (before impact)

+12 V battery

Track 3 (via fuse)

continuity between track 3 and track 1 of the injection relay

– The conformity of the injection relay: 65

Ω

±±±±

Ω

between tracks 1 and 2

infinite resistance between tracks 3 and 5 (open contact)
resistance < 0.2

Ω

between tracks 3 and 5 (closed contact)

Disconnect the engine management computer and check for the absence of conducting elements on the
computer pins. If its removal reveals any kind of contamination, clean it and try to establish dialogue.

If the fault persists, place the bornier part No. Elé. 1681 on the engine wiring:
Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:

Engine management computer, connector A track B4

Diagnostic socket track 7

(K line)

Ensure that the power supplies are correct:

Engine management computer, connector B track E3

+After ignition,

Engine management computer, connector A track D3

Earth,

By shunting the normally open contact of the central injection unit supply relay, tracks 3 and 5 of the relay
mounting:

Engine management computer, connector B tracks M3 and M2

+ 12 V battery (via

test shunt)

Check the continuity of the connection between:

Engine management computer, connector B track D4

track 2 of the central
injection unit supply
relay mounting.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-166

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault finding charts

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

CHART 1

CONTINUED

Try to establish dialogue with another computer on the same vehicle.

If dialogue can be established with another computer on the same vehicle, go to step 2
If dialogue cannot be established with any other computer on the same vehicle, the cause could be a

faulty computer interfering on the K and/or L lines. To locate it, proceed by elimination by successively
disconnecting all the computers connected to these lines (using wiring diagram and depending on equipment):
air conditioning, airbag, ABS and ESP, UCH, instrument panel, central communication unit, proximity sensor.
Try to establish a dialogue between each disconnection:
If, after a disconnection, you manage to establish communication, perform the fault finding procedure for the
relevant computer.

If the problem persists, reconnect the computers listed above and disconnect the engine

management computer. Try to establish dialogue with another computer. If you manage to
establish dialogue, go to step 2.

If you still cannot start communication, disconnect line K and check the insulation against

+ 12 V and against the earth of track 7 (line K) and track 15 of the diagnostic socket (if wired).
Carry out the necessary repairs.

STEP 2

Replace the engine management computer. If necessary, modify the configuration of the new computer to
match the equipment options available on the vehicle.
WARNING
If the IMA function is being used, follow the computer replacement procedure explained in the IMA
Calibration: Help section of this note.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-167

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault finding charts

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

CHART 2

Starting problems (or starting impossible)

NOTES

Before analysing this customer complaint, check for absence of faults, and
conformity (or otherwise) of parameters and statuses, using the diagnostic tool.
If the customer complaint is not resolved, perform the following checks:

impossible

Is starting difficult or impossible?

difficult

Check the engine earths.
Make sure that the engine speed reaches 250 rpm when the starter motor is operated, displayed in the
parameter screen. Ensure that the correct fuel is being used.
Check the priming of the low-pressure diesel circuit.
Check the conformity of the diesel filter connections.
Ensure that the fuel filter is not saturated with water.
Check there are no air bubbles between the filter and the high-pressure pump.
Check the operation of the pre-heating plugs.
Check the condition of the air filter (clogging).
Check the leaktightness of the high-pressure circuit - pump, pipes, unions (visual inspection + odours).
Check the position of the exhaust gas recirculation valve (blocked, mechanically seized).
Check the consistency of the signal from the engine coolant temperature sensor.
Check the operation of the pressure regulator.
Ensure correct operation of the injectors (return leakage too high, clogging, sticking: see injector fault finding
procedure).
Check that the compressions are balanced in accordance with the power consumption in the starting phase
(compression test menu on the Clip tool).

In the event of an imbalance, use a compression meter to complete the measurements. (See the
method given in Workshop Repair Manual). After measuring the compressions, clear the faults
caused by disconnecting the regulator and the heater plugs.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-168

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault finding charts

13B

ET003 Active

CHART 2

CONTINUED

Impossible to start

NOTES

Refer to the immobiliser
fault finding procedure.

Ensure correct operation of
the injectors (internal leaks,
clogging or jamming. See
injector fault finding in the
Help section of this note)
Check the engine
compressions (see
procedure in the Workshop
Repair Manual), the engine
timing, exhaust system and
air intake system.

YES

13B-169

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

In the protection function of your diagnostic tool, check the conformity
of the engine immobiliser: "ET003" "Engine immobiliser" should be
inactive and ET005 "Code programmed".

ET003 inactive

Check the open position of the damper valve.
Check the battery charge and the condition and tightness of the
terminals.
Ensure that the engine speed reaches 250 rpm when the starter motor
is operated. This is displayed on the main screen,
Check the engine earths.
Check the presence and conformity of fuel in the tank and the supply
pipe,
Check the presence of 12 V after relay on track M2 of connector B of
the engine management computer (via injection relay)
Check the engine fuses (and their mountings, wires and terminals).

test

Crank the starter motor:

Does the pressure increase in the rail:

High pressure = approx. 170 bar at 250 rpm?

Perform fault finding on the regulator and the high pressure pump
AC011: "rail pressure regulator".

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault finding charts

13B

13B-170

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

CHART 3

Injection noise

NOTES

Before dealing with this customer complaint, check for the absence of faults,
and conformity (or otherwise) of parameters and states, using the diagnostic
tool.
If the customer complaint is not resolved, perform the following checks:

If the IMA function is operating: check that the codes are authentic by comparing the affected injector codes
on each cylinder with the ones that are engraved on each injector.

If the injection noise occurs after starting from cold:

Check the priming of the low-pressure fuel circuit.
Check the fuel heater supply.
Check the operation of the preheating system.
Check that fuel and engine temperatures are consistent.

If this fault persists, check the rail pressure and perform fault finding operations AC004: "Turbocharging
solenoid valve" and AC011: "Rail pressure regulator".

Does the injection noise occur at idle speed?

Check the condition of the injector connector and pressure regulator terminals.
Check the conformity of the air flow signal (fault finding procedure: PR050).
Check the conformity of the position of the exhaust gas recirculation valve (use fault finding
procedure AC002): "EGR solenoid valve".

If the fault persists, perform the injector fault finding procedure (see Help section).
Does the injection noise occur at all speeds?

Perform the injector fault finding procedure (see the Help section).
Check the condition of the injector connector and pressure regulator terminals.
Ensure that the correct fuel is being used.
Check the conformity of the air flow signal (use fault finding procedures PR018: "Estimated air
flow" and PR131: "EGR air flow deviation").

If this fault persists, check the rail pressure and perform fault finding operations AC004: "Turbocharging
solenoid valve" and AC011: "Rail pressure regulator".

If the injection noise occurs at transitional speed:
If the engine races during gear changes, check the conformity of the clutch switch.
During a road test, when changing gear, display parameter PR202 (CP3) or PR097 (CP1); if it varies, without
any noteworthy influence on the rail pressure, carry out the fault finding procedure AC011: "Rail pressure
regulator".
If the fault persists, carry out the fault finding procedure on the injectors (refer to the Help section of this note).

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault finding charts

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

If the fault persists:

CHART 4

Poor performance

NOTES

NOTE: In the event of engine overheating above 119

°°°°

C, the computer automatically limits the fuel flow (the

overheating warning light comes on from 115

°°°°

C).

If the IMA function is operating: check that the codes are authentic by comparing the affected injector codes
on each cylinder with the ones that are engraved on each injector.

Is the poor performance accompanied by smoke?

If yes

check:

– That the wastegate is not jammed in the open position. Use fault finding procedure AC004:

"Turbocharging solenoid valve".

– That the EGR valve is not jammed in the open position. Use fault finding procedure AC002: "EGR

solenoid valve".

– That the injectors are properly mounted (presence and conformity of the sealing washer).

Is the engine running on all cylinders?

If not

: check that injectors are operating (see injector fault finding Help section).

Check the conformity of the pedal sensor, atmospheric pressure sensor and exhaust gas recirculation
valve.
Check the condition of the air filter,
– Check the consistency of the signals from the flowmeter, the engine water temperature sensor and

the fuel temperature sensor.

Check for the absence of foreign bodies on the air flowmeter grille and in the air inlet vein. (for example,
the internal coating of a hose has become unstuck)
Check:

– the condition of the intercooler (clogging);
– the leaktightness of the admission circuit between flowmeter and turbocharger;
– the tightness of the oil vapour rebreathing circuit;
– the flow controller (blocking/seizure, use fault finding procedure: AC004): "Turbocharging

solenoid valve";

– the absence of leaks in the low pressure and high pressure diesel circuit;
– the turbocharger efficiency.

– Check the engine compression.
– Check that the exhaust line and timing setting are not blocked.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-171

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Fault finding charts

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

CHART 5

Irregular engine operation

NOTES

If the engine snatches or races during gear changes, check the conformity of the clutch switch.
If the fault persists:
– Ensure that the correct fuel is being used.
– Check the priming of the low-pressure diesel circuit and check that the diesel filter is connected correctly and

is not saturated with coolant.

– Check that there are no air bubbles between the filter and the high-pressure pump.
– Check the conformity of the rail pressure (warm engine):

±±±±

25 bar around the rail pressure value at idle speed, (the minimum to maximum variations in the rail

pressure at idle speed should not exceed 50 bar).
~ 1350 bar when under full load.
In the event of an anomaly, carry out fault finding procedure AC004: "Turbocharging solenoid valve".

– Check the conformity of the air flow, using fault finding procedure PR018: "Estimated air flow".
If the fault persists:
– Check the injectors: with engine running at idling speed, disconnect the injectors one after the other:

Replace the injector which causes no variation in operation when it is disconnected. Clear the faults
caused by multiple disconnections, followed by a road test to confirm the repair.

– Check the cylinder compressions.

AFTER REPAIR

Carry out a road test followed by a test using the diagnostic tool.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-172

DIESEL INJECTION

Fault finding - Help

13B

EDC16 injection

Program No.: 9X

Vdiag N

: 44 & 48

Fault finding - Help

INJECTOR FAULT FINDING PROCEDURE

A - Check the resistance between tracks 1 and 2 of each injector: 0.33

Ω

at 20

°°°°

Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:

Engine management computer, grey connector C track H1

Track 1 of the injector no. 1

connector,

Engine management computer, grey connector C track G3

Track 2 of the injector no. 1

connector,

Engine management computer, grey connector C track G2

Track 1 of the injector no. 2

connector,

Engine management computer, grey connector C track G4

Track 2 of the injector no. 2

connector,

Engine management computer, grey connector C track H2

Track 1 of the injector no. 3

connector,

Engine management computer, grey connector C track H4

Track 2 of the injector no. 3

connector,

Engine management computer, grey connector C track G1

Track 1 of the injector no. 4

connector,

Engine management computer, grey connector C track H3

Track 2 of the injector no. 4

connector,

Carefully check the connecting clips and tabs of each injector.

If the engine starts:
– With the engine running, disconnect the injectors one after the other (in turn and one at a time).
– Replace the injector which causes no variation in operation when it is disconnected.
– Clear the faults caused by the multiple disconnections and then perform a road test.

B - Check that the injector return flows are balanced.

Fit take-off pipes to the injector returns with the free ends placed in measuring cylinders, start the engine and
check that the return flows are balanced at idle speed.
(In general, the return flows are quite small. They should not resemble a jet).
– Replace the injector with a return flow that is significantly different from that of the other injectors.

In the event of under-pressure in the rail:

– Replace the injector with a return flow that shows a more significant leak than any of the others.

If the engine does not start:
You can check the return flows during and after testing the engine starter (minimum 250 rpm) with the
pressure regulator disconnected.
This causes increased pressure in the rail and permits analysis of the return flows. After completing this
operation, clear the fault caused by disconnection of the pressure regulator.

C - Check that the injector nozzle is sealed.

– Check the level and condition of the engine oil:
– If there is pollution from diesel fuel, the injector nozzle that is leaking will be covered in soot and the cylinder

will be greasy. Ensure that this is not caused by rising engine oil by checking the engine compression values.

If the compression values are correct, locate the faulty injector by looking at the condition of the cylinders and
the pistons across the heater plug wells (greasy cylinder, piston overheated and starting to disintegrate). If an
inspection of the cylinder/piston is not conclusive, remove the injectors and replace the one which has a nozzle
covered in soot.

Note:
After replacing an injector, follow the injector code programming procedure (see the Replacing components
section).

WARNING
Note the cleanliness and safety advice in the Introduction section of the Workshop Repair Manual when
removing or refitting the injectors.

EDC16 9X V44/48 V1.6

Edition 3

13B-173

Document Outline

13B-Diesel injection - Diagnostics

Wyszukiwarka

Podobne podstrony:
Robert Bosch type VE Diesel injection pump(1)
dpf doctor diagnostic tool for diesel cars function list
Programowanie klawiszy radia Audi, diagnostyka samochodu, Diagnostyka dokumety, procedury diagnostyc
dpf doctor diagnostic tool for diesel cars function list
Mechanics of a Diesel Fuel Injection System
Scania EDC MS5 in line injection pump Fault diagnosis(1) 2
diagnostyka
T 3[1] METODY DIAGNOZOWANIA I ROZWIAZYWANIA PROBLEMOW
Przedmiot PRI i jego diagnoza przegląd koncepcji temperamentu
DIAGNOSTYKA FIZJOLOGICZNA I 1
Dyslipidemie diagnoza JH
Diagnostyka i leczenie kaszlu
05 Badanie diagnostyczneid 5649 ppt
Diagnoza Funkcjonalna
Rola badań dodatkowych w diagnostyce chorób wewnętrznych wykład

więcej podobnych podstron

13B Diesel Injection Diagnostics

Document Outline